Free access until 31 December 2026 · Physics and Maths questions and notes, updated continuously · Build a test · Get an email before anything changes

ExaminerPrep › Question bank › IGCSE Physics (Edexcel) › 1 Forces and motion

International GCSE Physics · Pearson Edexcel 4PH1 · Topic 1

Forces and motion

317 free, high-quality past-paper-style questions on Forces and motion for Edexcel IGCSE Physics, each with a full mark scheme. Covers: (c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum; (b) Movement and Position. For when you have finished the past papers, or want to practise one topic at a time.Notes 1(b) →Notes 1(c) →Not sure of your level? Diagnostic test →Multiple choice or structured questions, with the mark scheme as a separate PDF.1,657 marks · Updated 26 October 2026 · Created by Evan Kotronis with AI assistance · every answer re-solved before publishing · How questions are checked

1IGCSE-PHY-1-0011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–51 mark
Which of these quantities is a vector?
Show mark scheme
  • D (weight);
  • A is incorrect because distance has size only (it is the scalar version of displacement)
  • B is incorrect because mass has size only; it is weight, not mass, that acts downwards
  • C is incorrect because speed has size only (velocity is the vector)
2IGCSE-PHY-1-0021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–55 marks
A footballer kicks a ball that is at rest on the grass.
(a)
State two effects that the force from the footballer's foot can have on the ball.
(2)
(b)
The ball rolls across the grass and gradually slows down.
Name the force that causes the ball to slow down and state its direction.
(2)
(c)
The footballer then kicks the ball upwards into the air.
Name the type of force that pulls the ball back towards the ground.
(1)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • any two from:
  • MP1. changes speed / makes it start moving / accelerates;
  • MP2. changes shape / squashes / deforms the ball;
  • MP3. changes direction (of motion);
Allow
  • allow 'makes it move' for MP1
  • allow 'changes velocity' for MP1 or MP3 but not both
Do not accept
  • 'makes it heavier'
  • 'gives it energy' (not an effect of a force in 1.11)
(b)
  • friction;
  • (acts) opposite to the direction of motion;
Allow
  • allow air resistance / drag for the first mark
  • allow 'backwards' / 'against the motion'
Do not accept
  • 'gravity'
  • 'opposite direction to the kick' unless clearly the direction of travel
(c)
  • gravitational (force);
Allow
  • allow weight / gravity
Do not accept
  • 'magnetic'
  • 'mass'
3IGCSE-PHY-1-0031(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–57 marks
A dog runs along a straight beach. The graph shows how the distance travelled by the dog changes with time.
020406080100120140020406080100120140160 P Q R time / s distance / m
(a)
Describe the motion of the dog in each of sections P, Q and R.
(3)
(b)
Calculate the speed of the dog in section R.
(2)
(c)
Calculate the average speed of the dog for the whole 130 s.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • P: (moving at) constant speed;
  • Q: stationary / not moving;
  • R: (moving at) constant speed which is greater than in P;
Allow
  • allow 'steady speed'
  • allow 'stopped' / 'at rest' for Q
  • for R allow 'faster (than P)' / 'speeding up compared with P'
Do not accept
  • 'accelerating' for P or R
  • 'constant speed' for Q
  • 'decelerating' for Q
(b)
  • substitution into speed = distance / time;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. speed = (150 − 60) / (130 − 100) = 90 / 30
  • (speed =) 3.0 (m/s)
Allow
  • allow 3 (m/s)
Do not accept
  • 150 / 30 = 5.0 (m/s) (total distance instead of change in distance) scores 0
(c)
  • substitution: 150 / 130;
  • evaluation;
  • (average speed =) 1.2 (m/s)
Allow
  • allow 1.15, 1.153… (m/s)
Do not accept
  • mean of section speeds (1.5 + 0 + 3.0)/3 = 1.5 (m/s) scores 0
4IGCSE-PHY-1-0041(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–54 marks
A student cycles 4.2 km to school. The journey takes 12.5 minutes.
(a)
State the relationship between average speed, distance moved and time taken.
(1)
(b)
Calculate the average speed of the student in m/s.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • average speed = distance moved / time taken;
Allow
  • standard symbols and rearrangements e.g. s = d/t, d = s × t
  • allow 'speed = distance / time'
Do not accept
  • formula written in units only e.g. m/s = m/s
(b)
  • conversion of distance to 4200 m;
  • conversion of time to 750 s;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. speed = 4200 / 750
  • (speed =) 5.6 (m/s)
Allow
  • 0.336 (km/min) scores 1 mark only
  • 5.6 with no working scores 3 marks
  • -1 for POT error once only
Do not accept
  • 0.34 (unconverted, no unit stated) for full marks
5IGCSE-PHY-1-0101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–54 marks
A space probe lands on Mars. The mass of the probe is 350 kg.
The gravitational field strength on Mars is 3.7 N/kg.
(a)
Calculate the weight of the probe on Mars.
(2)
(b)
The weight of the probe on Earth is greater than its weight on Mars, but its mass is the same.
Explain why.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • substitution into W = m × g;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. W = 350 × 3.7
  • (W =) 1300 (N)
Allow
  • allow 1295 (N)
Do not accept
  • 3500 (N) (Earth value) scores 0
(b)
  • mass does not depend on location / is the amount of matter (in the probe) / does not change;
  • gravitational field strength (on Mars) is smaller (than on Earth) so weight is smaller;
Allow
  • allow 'Mars has weaker gravity' for MP2
  • allow RA for MP2
Do not accept
  • 'there is less gravity so the mass is less'
  • 'there is no gravity on Mars'
6IGCSE-PHY-1-0131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–55 marks
A student hangs a rubber band from a clamp. He adds weights to the bottom of the band and measures the extension each time.

Force / N: 0, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0
Extension / cm: 0, 3.0, 5.2, 6.8, 8.0, 8.9
(a)
State the independent variable in this investigation.
(1)
(b)
Hooke's law states that extension is directly proportional to the applied force.
Use the data to explain whether the rubber band obeys Hooke's law.
(2)
(c)
When the weights are removed, the rubber band returns to its original length.
State the word used to describe this behaviour.
(1)
(d)
State one safety precaution the student should take.
(1)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • force / weight (added to the band);
Allow
  • allow 'number of weights' / 'mass added'
Do not accept
  • 'extension'
(b)
  • does not obey Hooke's law / extension is not (directly) proportional to force;
  • use of data e.g. doubling force from 1.0 N to 2.0 N does not double extension (3.0 → 5.2 cm) OR increases in extension get smaller (3.0, 2.2, 1.6, 1.2, 0.9 cm);
Allow
  • allow 'graph would not be a straight line through the origin' for MP2 if linked to data
Do not accept
  • 'it obeys Hooke's law because extension increases' scores 0
(c)
  • elastic;
Allow
  • allow 'elasticity'
Do not accept
  • 'plastic'
  • 'stretchy'
(d)
  • any one from:
  • wear eye protection / goggles (in case the band snaps);
  • keep feet away from under the weights / place a tray of sand or a cushion beneath;
  • clamp the stand to the bench / use a counterweight so it does not topple;
Do not accept
  • 'be careful'
  • 'wear gloves'
7IGCSE-PHY-1-0211(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–51 mark
A robot vacuum cleaner moves along a straight hallway.
The graph shows how the distance travelled by the robot changes with time. The graph is divided into four sections, P, Q, R and S.

In which section is the robot moving fastest?
01020304050600510152025time / sdistance / mPQRS
Show mark scheme
  • B (section R);
  • A is incorrect because the robot travels the greatest distance in P (10 m) but takes 20 s, so its speed is only 0.5 m/s; the steepest gradient, not the largest distance, shows the greatest speed
  • C is incorrect because the line in Q is horizontal, so the robot is stationary (speed 0 m/s)
  • D is incorrect because S is highest on the graph (greatest total distance) but its gradient is the smallest of the moving sections (0.3 m/s)
8IGCSE-PHY-1-0221(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–58 marks
An ice hockey player hits a puck with a stick. The puck slides in a straight line across the ice and gradually slows down.
While it slides, three forces act on the puck: its weight, the upward force from the ice and friction.
The puck then hits a wooden board at the edge of the rink and bounces straight back.
(a)
Which of the three forces acting on the sliding puck is a non-contact force?
(1)
(b)
The weight of the puck is 1.7 N.
State the size of the upward force from the ice on the sliding puck. Give a reason for your answer.
(2)
(c)
A student says:
'Nothing is pushing the puck backwards once it leaves the stick, so the resultant force on the sliding puck is zero.'
Explain why the student is wrong.
(2)
(d)
The puck hits the board at a speed of 12 m/s and bounces straight back at a speed of 12 m/s.
A student says:
'The velocity of the puck has not changed, because its speed is still 12 m/s.'
Explain why the student is wrong.
(2)
(e)
During the collision the puck is squashed slightly.
State which effect of a force this shows.
(1)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • weight;
Allow
  • allow 'gravity' / 'gravitational force'
Do not accept
  • 'friction'
  • 'normal force'
(b)
  • 1.7 (N);
  • vertical forces are balanced / puck does not accelerate up or down / no resultant vertical force;
Allow
  • allow 'equal to the weight' for MP1
  • allow 'the puck stays on the surface of the ice' for MP2
Do not accept
  • MP2 without a value for MP1 or 'equal to the weight'
  • 'Newton's third law pair' as the reason
(c)
  • the puck is slowing down / decelerating (so there must be a resultant force);
  • friction acts (backwards) opposite to the motion / friction is the (unbalanced) resultant force;
Allow
  • allow 'its speed changes so the forces are not balanced' for MP1
  • allow 'friction opposes motion' for MP2
Do not accept
  • 'there is a forward force from the stick still acting'
  • 'gravity slows it down'
(d)
  • velocity is a vector / velocity has (size and) direction;
  • the direction (of motion) has changed / reversed (so the velocity has changed);
Allow
  • allow 'speed is a scalar but velocity is a vector' for MP1
  • allow 'velocity changes from +12 m/s to −12 m/s' for MP2
Do not accept
  • 'the speed has changed'
(e)
  • change of shape / deformation;
Allow
  • allow 'squashing' / 'compression'
Do not accept
  • 'change of direction'
  • 'change of mass'
9IGCSE-PHY-1-0231(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–51 mark
An ambulance leaves a junction. Its velocity increases uniformly from 4.0 m/s to 22 m/s in a time of 6.0 s.

What is the acceleration of the ambulance?
Show mark scheme
  • D (3.0 m/s²);
  • A is incorrect because the value is correct but m/s is the unit of velocity, not acceleration
  • B is incorrect because it uses the final velocity only: 22 ÷ 6.0 = 3.7, ignoring the initial velocity
  • C is incorrect because it adds the velocities: (22 + 4.0) ÷ 6.0 = 4.3 instead of finding the change in velocity
10IGCSE-PHY-1-0241(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–57 marks
The graph shows how the velocity of a sprinter changes during the first 8.0 s of a race.
012345678024681012time / svelocity / m/s
(a)
Describe the motion of the sprinter between 4.0 s and 8.0 s.
(1)
(b)
Determine the acceleration of the sprinter in the first 4.0 s.
(2)
(c)
Determine the distance the sprinter runs in the first 4.0 s.
(2)
(d)
A second sprinter reaches the same top velocity in a shorter time.
Describe how the velocity–time graph for the second sprinter would differ from the graph shown during the first part of the race.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • constant velocity / constant speed (of 10 m/s);
Allow
  • allow 'steady speed'
  • allow 'zero acceleration'
Do not accept
  • 'stationary' / 'not moving'
(b)
  • use of gradient / substitution into a = (v − u)/t;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. a = (10 − 0) / 4.0
  • (a =) 2.5 (m/s²)
Allow
  • correct answer with no working scores 2
Do not accept
  • 4.0 / 10 = 0.4 (m/s²) scores 0
(c)
  • use of area under the graph / ½ × 4.0 × 10;
  • evaluation;
  • (distance =) 20 (m)
Allow
  • correct answer with no working scores 2
Do not accept
  • 10 × 4.0 = 40 (m) scores 0
(d)
  • (first section of graph is) steeper / has a greater gradient;
  • reaches 10 m/s / becomes horizontal at an earlier time (less than 4.0 s);
Allow
  • allow a correctly described sketch
Do not accept
  • 'the graph reaches a higher velocity'
11IGCSE-PHY-1-0251(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 4–55 marks
A student investigates how the extension of a steel spring from a kitchen scale varies with the force applied to it.
The table shows her results. The graph shows her results plotted as points.

Force / N: 0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0, 12.0
Extension / cm: 0, 1.6, 3.2, 5.6, 6.4, 9.0, 11.8
024681012024681012force / Nextension / cm
(a)
State the dependent variable in this investigation.
(1)
(b)
One of the results is anomalous.
Identify the anomalous result.
(1)
(c)
Determine the extension that the student should have recorded for the anomalous result.
(1)
(d)
The spring obeys Hooke's law up to a certain force.
Use the graph to estimate the largest force for which the spring obeys Hooke's law.
(1)
(e)
Determine the force needed to give the spring an extension of 2.4 cm.
(1)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • extension (of the spring);
Allow
  • allow 'length of the spring'
Do not accept
  • 'force'
  • 'weight'
(b)
  • (force of) 6.0 N / (extension of) 5.6 cm;
Allow
  • allow the point circled or identified on the graph
(c)
  • 4.8 (cm);
Allow
  • allow 4.7–4.9 (cm) read from a line of best fit
Do not accept
  • 5.6 (cm)
(d)
  • 8.0 (N);
Allow
  • allow any value from 8.0 to 9.0 (N)
Do not accept
  • 10 (N) or above
(e)
  • 3.0 (N);
Allow
  • allow 2.9–3.1 (N)
Do not accept
  • 2.4 × 0.8 = 1.9 (N) scores 0
12IGPE2-054-01-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A spring in a hospital traction device extends by 6.0 cm when a force of 30 N is applied. The spring obeys Hooke's law throughout.
What force is needed to give an extension of 9.0 cm?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
When a spring obeys Hooke's law, extension is directly proportional to force. The extension increases by a factor of 9.0 ÷ 6.0 = 1.5, so the force must also increase by 1.5: 30 × 1.5 = 45 N. 20 N treats force as inversely proportional to extension. 39 N adds the extension to the force. 270 N multiplies force by extension.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: For a spring that obeys Hooke's law, find the scale factor between the two extensions. Then apply the same factor to the force.

13IGPE2-054-01-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A sycamore seed spins as it falls from a tree. After a short time it falls at a constant speed.
Which statement is correct while the seed falls at constant speed?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
At constant speed (terminal velocity) there is no acceleration, so the forces are balanced. The upward air resistance equals the downward weight, and the resultant force is zero. The weight does not disappear, and forces do still act. If air resistance were greater than weight, the seed would slow down.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: Constant speed does not mean that no forces act. It means the forces are balanced, so the resultant force is zero.

14IGPE2-054-01-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A planetary rover has a mass of 900 kg. It is transported from Earth to Mars.
Use g = 10 N/kg on Earth.

(a)

Describe the difference between mass and weight.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the weight of the rover on Earth.

(2)
(c)

The weight of the rover on Mars is 3330 N. Calculate the gravitational field strength on Mars.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Mass is the amount of matter in an object, measured in kg, and does not change from place to place ; weight is the gravitational force on the object, measured in N, and depends on the gravitational field strength✓ 2
Part (b)
W = m × g = 900 × 10 ; W = 9000 N✓ 2
Part (c)
g = W ÷ m = 3330 ÷ 900 ; g = 3.7 N/kg✓ 2

Common error: The mass of the rover is still 900 kg on Mars. Only its weight changes.

15IGPE2-054-01-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy8 marks

A delivery drone of mass 1.8 kg hovers at a fixed height above a garden.
Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

A force can change the speed of an object. State two other effects that a force can have on an object.

(2)
(b)

State whether each of these quantities is a vector or a scalar: force, mass, momentum, energy.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the weight of the drone.

(2)
(d)

State the size of the upward force from the drone's rotors while it hovers, and explain your answer.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Change its direction of motion ; change its shape / deform it . Also accept: make it turn / rotate.✓ 2
Part (b)
Force and momentum are vectors; mass and energy are scalars. Two or three correctly classified earns ; all four correctly classified earns a second mark .✓ 2
Part (c)
W = m × g = 1.8 × 10 ; W = 18 N✓ 2
Part (d)
18 N, equal to the weight ; the drone is stationary, so the forces are balanced and the resultant force is zero✓ 2

Common error: A hovering drone is not weightless. Its weight is balanced by an equal upward force from the rotors.

16IGPE2-054-00-011(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A capsule endoscope is a tiny camera that a patient swallows. It travels 2.4 m through the patient's intestine in 8.0 hours.
What is the average speed of the capsule?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Average speed = distance ÷ time. The time must be in seconds: 8.0 × 3600 = 28 800 s. Speed = 2.4 ÷ 28 800 = 8.3 ×10−5 m/s. Option B converts hours to minutes only (2.4 ÷ 480). Option C does not convert the time at all, so its unit is really m/h. Option D divides time by distance.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: Convert hours to seconds by multiplying by 3600, not 60, before calculating a speed in m/s.

17IGPE2-054-00-041(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy3 marks

A GPS marker fixed to the surface of a glacier shows that the ice moves an average distance of 0.75 m each day.

(a)

State the equation linking average speed, distance moved and time taken.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the distance, in km, that the marker moves in 365 days.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
average speed = distance moved ÷ time taken✓ 1
Part (b)
distance = 0.75 × 365 = 274 m (accept 273.75 m)✓ 1
= 0.274 km (accept 0.27 km)✓ 1

Common error: Check the unit asked for. Here the answer in metres must be divided by 1000 to give kilometres.

18IGPE2-054-00-051(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy4 marks

A sprinter leaves the starting blocks from rest. She reaches a velocity of 10.8 m/s after 2.4 s.

(a)

State the unit of acceleration.

(1)
(b)

State what the gradient of a velocity–time graph represents.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the average acceleration of the sprinter.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
acceleration✓ 1
Part (c)
a = (v − u) ÷ t = (10.8 − 0) ÷ 2.4✓ 1
a = 4.5 m/s2✓ 1

Exam tip: 'From rest' tells you that the initial velocity u is 0.

19IGPE2-054-00-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy3 marks

In one city, the speed limit for electric scooters is 25 km/h.

(a)

State the difference between speed and velocity.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed limit in m/s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Velocity is speed in a given direction (velocity is a vector, speed is a scalar)✓ 1
Part (b)
25 × 1000 ÷ 3600✓ 1
= 6.9 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: To convert from km/h to m/s, divide by 3.6.

20IGPE2-054-03-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A small spring inside a medical syringe pump obeys Hooke's law. A force of 6.0 N gives the spring an extension of 3.0 cm. The limit of proportionality is not exceeded.
What is the extension when the force is 9.0 N?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Hooke's law says extension is directly proportional to force. The force increases by a factor of 9.0 ÷ 6.0 = 1.5, so the extension also increases by 1.5 times: 3.0 × 1.5 = 4.5 cm. 2.0 cm comes from treating the relationship as inverse. 6.0 cm comes from adding 3 cm for an extra 3 N, as if every spring stretches 1 cm per newton. 27 cm comes from multiplying 9.0 by 3.0 without dividing by 6.0.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: For a proportional relationship, find the scale factor between the two forces and apply the same factor to the extension.

21IGPE2-054-03-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

An astronaut on a space station pushes on a wall with a force of 40 N towards the wall.
According to Newton's third law, which force forms a pair with this push?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
A Newton's third law pair acts on two different objects. The two forces are equal in size, opposite in direction and of the same type. The astronaut pushes on the wall, so the wall pushes back on the astronaut with 40 N, away from the wall. Weight is a gravitational force between the astronaut and the Earth, so it is not part of this contact pair. A force in the same direction breaks the 'opposite' condition. The muscle force acts within the astronaut's own body, not between the astronaut and the wall.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: Check the three conditions for a third-law pair: two different objects, equal and opposite forces, and the same type of force.

22IGPE2-054-03-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A physiotherapist gives a patient a rubber resistance band for exercises. The band obeys Hooke's law only for forces up to 40 N. A force of 24 N stretches the band by 0.16 m.

(a)

Describe what is meant by elastic behaviour.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the force needed to stretch the band by 0.10 m.

(2)
(c)

The patient pulls the band with a force of 60 N. Explain why the extension cannot be found by the same method.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
The material returns to its original shape/length when the deforming force is removed✓ 1
Part (b)
Uses proportionality, e.g. F = 24 × 0.10 ÷ 0.16, OR k = 24 ÷ 0.16 = 150 N/m and F = 150 × 0.10✓ 1
F = 15 N✓ 1
Part (c)
60 N is greater than 40 N, so it is beyond the limit of proportionality / outside the range where Hooke's law applies✓ 1
so the extension is no longer directly proportional to the force / the spring constant is not constant (accept: the band may be beyond its elastic limit)✓ 1

Common error: Proportional reasoning only works in the linear region. Do not scale up beyond the stated limit of Hooke's law.

23IGPE2-054-03-101(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A sprinter of mass 64 kg starts from rest in the starting blocks. She reaches a velocity of 9.0 m/s in 1.8 s, with roughly uniform acceleration.

(a)

State the equation linking acceleration, change in velocity and time taken.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration of the sprinter.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the resultant force on the sprinter during this time.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
acceleration = change in velocity ÷ time taken, a = (v − u) ÷ t✓ 1
Part (b)
a = (9.0 − 0) ÷ 1.8✓ 1
a = 5.0 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
F = m × a = 64 × 5.0✓ 1
F = 320 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Write the substituted equation before the final answer. If your acceleration is wrong, a correct substitution into F = m × a can still earn credit using that value.

24IGPE2-054-03-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy5 marks

During a squash rally, a player hits a moving ball with a racket. The ball squashes against the strings and then flies off towards the front wall along a new path.

(a)

Using this example, state three effects that a force can have on an object.

(3)
(b)

State which of these quantities are vectors: speed, mass, velocity, force, momentum.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Change of speed: the ball speeds up or slows down (accept 'changes speed' or 'accelerates'/'decelerates')✓ 1
Change of direction: the ball moves off along a new path✓ 1
Change of shape: the ball squashes against the strings✓ 1
Part (b)
Any two of velocity, force and momentum identified as vectors✓ 1
All three of velocity, force and momentum identified, with neither speed nor mass included✓ 1

Common error: Speed is a scalar. Velocity is the vector form of speed, because it includes direction.

25IGPE2-054-02-011(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A capsule camera swallowed by a patient travels 7.2 m through the digestive system in 8.0 hours.
What is the average speed of the capsule?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Time must be in seconds: 8.0 × 3600 = 28 800 s. Average speed = distance ÷ time = 7.2 ÷ 28 800 = 2.5 ×10−4 m/s. The value 0.90 m/s leaves the time in hours, 0.015 m/s converts hours to minutes only, and 4000 m/s divides time by distance.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: Always convert hours to seconds (× 3600) before using average speed = distance ÷ time if the answer is wanted in m/s.

26IGPE2-054-02-041(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy3 marks

A tennis player serves a ball. The ball travels 24 m from the racket to the far baseline in 0.48 s.

(a)

State the equation linking average speed, distance moved and time taken.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the average speed of the ball.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
average speed = distance moved ÷ time taken✓ 1
Part (b)
24 ÷ 0.48✓ 1
= 50 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: Write the substitution line before the answer; it can earn a mark even if the final value is slipped.

27IGPE2-054-02-051(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A warehouse delivery robot moves in a straight line along an aisle. The table shows its distance from the start at different times.

time / s: 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50
distance / m: 0, 12, 24, 24, 24, 39

(a)

State what the robot was doing between 20 s and 40 s.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the robot during the first 20 s.

(2)
(c)

The robot moved fastest between 40 s and 50 s. Calculate its speed in this time interval.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
stationary / stopped (distance does not change)✓ 1
Part (b)
24 ÷ 20✓ 1
= 1.2 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
distance = 39 − 24 = 15 m in 10 s✓ 1
speed = 15 ÷ 10 = 1.5 m/s✓ 1

Common error: For a later time interval, use the change in distance and the change in time, not the total values read from the table.

28IGPE2-054-02-061(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy3 marks

A maglev train accelerates uniformly from rest with an acceleration of 0.80 m/s2 until it reaches a speed of 96 m/s.

(a)

State the equation linking acceleration, change in velocity and time taken.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the train to reach 96 m/s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
acceleration = change in velocity ÷ time taken / a = (v − u) ÷ t✓ 1
Part (b)
t = (96 − 0) ÷ 0.80✓ 1
= 120 s✓ 1

Exam tip: Rearrange the equation to make the unknown the subject before substituting; here t = (v − u) ÷ a.

29IGPE-050-00-041(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy4 marks

A delivery robot travels along a pavement. It covers 240 m in 3.0 minutes.

(a)

State the relationship between average speed, distance moved and time taken.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the average speed of the robot in m/s.

(2)
(c)

Suggest why the robot's speed at some moments during the journey is greater than this average speed.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
average speed = distance moved ÷ time taken✓ 1
Part (b)
time = 3.0 × 60 = 180 s✓ 1
speed = 240 ÷ 180 = 1.3 m/s (accept 1.33 m/s)✓ 1
Part (c)
Its speed is not constant: it stops, slows down or accelerates at times (e.g. at crossings or obstacles), so it must travel faster than the average at other times✓ 1

Common error: Leaving the time in minutes gives 80, which is in m/min, not m/s. Convert the time to seconds first.

30IGPE-050-00-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A planetary rover has a mass of 180 kg. It is tested on Earth and then sent to Mars.
Gravitational field strength on Earth = 10 N/kg
Gravitational field strength on Mars = 3.7 N/kg

(a)

Describe the difference between mass and weight.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the weight of the rover on Earth.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the weight of the rover on Mars.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Mass is the amount of matter in an object, measured in kg, and it does not depend on location.✓ 1
Weight is the gravitational force on the object, measured in N, and it depends on the gravitational field strength.✓ 1
Part (b)
weight = mass × g = 180 × 10✓ 1
= 1800 N✓ 1
Part (c)
weight = mass × g = 180 × 3.7✓ 1
= 666 N (accept 670 N)✓ 1

Common error: The mass is still 180 kg on Mars. Only the weight changes, because g is different.

31IGPE-050-00-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy4 marks

A hand-held luggage scale contains a spring. When a load of 20 N hangs from the scale, the spring extends by 1.6 cm. The spring obeys Hooke's law over the range used.

(a)

State Hooke's law.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the extension of the spring when a suitcase of weight 45 N hangs from the scale.

(2)
(c)

State what is meant by saying the spring behaves elastically.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
The extension of a spring is directly proportional to the force applied, provided the limit of proportionality is not exceeded.✓ 1
Part (b)
extension per newton = 1.6 ÷ 20 = 0.08 cm/N, or use the ratio 45 ÷ 20✓ 1
extension = 0.08 × 45 = 3.6 cm✓ 1
Part (c)
It returns to its original length when the force is removed.✓ 1

Exam tip: Direct proportion means that doubling the force doubles the extension. Make sure you use the extension, not the total length of the spring.

32IGPE-050-00-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy4 marks

A rider on an electric scooter sets off along a level path. The rider and scooter have a combined mass of 80 kg. The driving force is 180 N and the total resistive force is 60 N.

(a)

Calculate the resultant force on the rider and scooter.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration.

(2)
(c)

As the scooter speeds up, the resistive force increases until it equals 180 N. State what happens to the motion of the scooter.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
180 − 60 = 120 N (forwards)✓ 1
Part (b)
a = F ÷ m = 120 ÷ 80✓ 1
= 1.5 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
It moves at a constant speed / zero acceleration (accept constant velocity or terminal velocity; do not accept 'it stops').✓ 1

Common error: Balanced forces do not mean the scooter stops. It keeps moving, but at a steady speed.

33IGPE3-1-14r5-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A trolley accelerates at 1.2 m/s2 when pulled by a constant resultant force. The same force is applied after loads are added so that the total mass of the trolley is three times as large. What is the new acceleration?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Correct: a = F/m, so tripling the mass with the same force divides a by 3 giving 0.40 m/s2. 1.2 ignores the mass change. 3.6 multiplies instead of dividing. 0.13 divides by 9, treating a as inversely proportional to mass squared.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: With constant force, more mass means less acceleration, not more.

34IGPE3-1-14r5-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy4 marks

A student investigates how the mass of a trolley affects its acceleration.

(a)

State the independent variable and one control variable in this investigation.

(2)
(b)

In one run the trolley has mass 0.80 kg and accelerates at 1.5 m/s2. Calculate the resultant force on the trolley.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
independent variable: mass of the trolley✓ 1
control variable: the pulling force (or the surface, or the length of track)✓ 1
Part (b)
F = ma (or 0.80 × 1.5)✓ 1
1.2 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Only one variable changes at a time; everything else that could affect acceleration is kept the same.

35IGPE3-1-14r5-141(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A student uses two light gates to investigate the acceleration of a trolley. The trolley passes the first gate at 0.40 m/s and the second gate at 1.00 m/s. The time between the gates is 0.50 s.

(a)

Calculate the acceleration of the trolley.

(2)
(b)

The resultant force on the trolley is 0.60 N. Calculate the mass of the trolley.

(2)
(c)

State what happens to the acceleration if the mass is doubled and the force stays the same.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
a = change in speed ÷ time (1.00 − 0.40) ÷ 0.50✓ 1
1.2 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
m = F ÷ a (0.60 ÷ 1.2) (ECF from (a))✓ 1
0.50 kg✓ 1
Part (c)
acceleration halves✓ 1

Exam tip: Acceleration comes from change in speed over time, not from either speed on its own.

36IGPE3-1-15r8-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A spring in a library book-return slot has a natural length of 20 cm. When a force of 6.0 N stretches it, its length is 24 cm. The spring obeys Hooke's law. What is the length of the spring when it is stretched by a force of 9.0 N?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Extension at 6.0 N is 24 − 20 = 4.0 cm. Extension is proportional to force, so at 9.0 N the extension is 4.0 × 9.0/6.0 = 6.0 cm and the length is 20 + 6.0 = 26 cm. 6.0 cm is the extension, not the length. 36 cm treats the total length as proportional to force (24 × 1.5). 23 cm comes from dividing the wrong way round (extension 4.0 × 6.0/9.0 ≈ 2.7 cm).✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: Hooke's law links force to extension, not to total length. Subtract the natural length first, then add it back at the end.

37IGPE3-1-15r8-101(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A maintenance van travels along a road between wind turbines. It covers 18 km in 15 minutes at a constant speed.

(a)

Calculate the speed of the van in km/h.

(2)
(b)

Convert this speed to m/s.

(2)
(c)

Later the van starts from rest and reaches 20 m/s uniformly in 8.0 s. Calculate its acceleration.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
15 minutes = 0.25 h✓ 1
speed = distance / time = 18 / 0.25 = 72 km/h✓ 1
Part (b)
72 × 1000 = 72 000 m in 3600 s✓ 1
20 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
acceleration = change in speed / time✓ 1
20 / 8.0 = 2.5 m/s2✓ 1

Exam tip: To change km/h to m/s, divide by 3.6. Check that your answer has a sensible size for the situation.

38IGPE3-1-15r14-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A skydiver jumps from an aircraft and, before opening the parachute, falls at a constant terminal velocity. Which statement about the forces on the skydiver is correct?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
D is correct: constant velocity means zero resultant force, so air resistance equals weight. A is wrong because motion does not need an unbalanced force. B is wrong because air resistance is largest at terminal velocity, not zero. C is wrong because a larger air resistance would make the skydiver slow down.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Constant velocity does not mean there is no force; it means the forces are balanced.

39IGPE3-1-15r14-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A student hangs a 0.30 kg load from a rubber band. The unstretched length of the band is 12.0 cm and its length with the load is 15.6 cm. Use g = 10 N/kg. Which row gives the force on the band and its extension?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The force is the weight, 0.30 × 10 = 3.0 N, and the extension is 15.6 − 12.0 = 3.6 cm, so C is correct. A uses the mass in kg as if it were the force. B uses the stretched length as the extension. D adds the two lengths instead of subtracting.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: Extension is the increase in length, not the total length, and a load in kg must be converted to a weight in N.

40IGPE3-1-15r14-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A student investigates a rubber band used to hold sheets of music together. The band hangs from a clamp and masses are added one at a time to a hanger on the band. The unstretched length of the band is 8.0 cm. Use g = 10 N/kg.
Mass added (kg): 0.10, 0.20, 0.30, 0.40, 0.50
Length of band (cm): 9.2, 10.4, 11.6, 12.8, 15.2

(a)

Name the instrument used to measure the length of the band and state one way to reduce parallax error when reading it.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the extension of the band when the 0.40 kg mass is added. Give your answer in cm.

(2)
(c)

A student says the band obeys Hooke's law for all of these loads. Use the data to decide whether this is correct.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Metre rule / ruler✓ 1
Any one valid way, e.g. eye level with the end of the band, or ruler held vertical next to the band with a pointer or set square✓ 1
Part (b)
extension = new length − original length = 12.8 − 8.0✓ 1
= 4.8 cm✓ 1
Part (c)
Extension per newton is constant (1.2 cm/N) for loads up to 0.40 kg (4.0 N)✓ 1
At 0.50 kg (5.0 N) the extension is 7.2 cm, which is 1.44 cm/N, so the band does not obey Hooke's law for all loads, the statement is not correct✓ 1

Exam tip: When testing for proportionality, calculate extension divided by force for every point and look for the point where it changes.

41IGPE3-1-15r14-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A music stand has a spring clip that holds pages open. The spring has a spring constant of 150 N/m. It obeys Hooke's law for forces up to 12 N.

(a)

Calculate the force needed to stretch the spring by 0.020 m.

(2)
(b)

A force of 15 N is applied to the spring. State one possible effect on the spring.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the extension of the spring when a force of 4.5 N is applied.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
F = kx✓ 1
= 150 × 0.020 = 3.0 N✓ 1
Part (b)
Extension is no longer proportional to force (greater than predicted) / spring may not return to its original length✓ 1
Part (c)
x = F ÷ k = 4.5 ÷ 150✓ 1
= 0.030 m✓ 1

Exam tip: Rearrange F = kx for the unknown first, then substitute, and give the unit of your final answer.

42IGPE3-1-15r16-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A swimmer completes 6 lengths of a 25 m pool in 100 s. What is her average speed?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Total distance = 6 × 25 = 150 m, so average speed = 150 / 100 = 1.5 m/s, which is D. A (0 m/s) is the average velocity, because an even number of lengths returns her to the start. B (0.25 m/s) uses the length of one pool only (25 / 100). C (0.67 m/s) inverts the equation (100 / 150).✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Average speed uses the total distance travelled along the path, not the displacement.

43IGPE3-1-15r16-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

Which pair contains one contact force and one non-contact force?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Air resistance acts only where the object touches the air (contact), whereas weight is the gravitational pull of the Earth, which acts at a distance (non-contact), so C is correct. A and D contain two contact forces. B contains two non-contact forces.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: A non-contact force acts without the objects touching: gravitational, magnetic and electrostatic forces.

44IGPE3-1-15r16-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A library book of mass 1.8 kg rests on a horizontal shelf. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

State two effects that a force can have on an object.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the weight of the book.

(2)
(c)

State the size and direction of the force the shelf exerts on the book.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
any one effect, e.g. changes the shape or size of the object✓ 1
any second different effect, e.g. changes its speed, changes its direction of motion✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 weight = mass × g (or 1.8 × 10)✓ 1
A1 18 N✓ 1
Part (c)
18 N (ECF from (b))✓ 1
upwards (vertically)✓ 1

Common error: Weight is a force in newtons; mass is in kilograms. Do not give the weight in kg.

45IGPE3-1-15r16-061(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A technician drives a service vehicle along a straight track between wind turbines. She covers 2.7 km in 6.0 minutes and then a further 1.8 km in 9.0 minutes.

(a)

Calculate her average speed during the first stage, in m/s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate her average speed for the whole journey, in m/s.

(3)
(c)

Explain why the average speed for the whole journey is less than the speed in the first stage.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 speed = distance / time with 2700 m and 360 s✓ 1
A1 7.5 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
total distance = 4500 m✓ 1
total time = 900 s✓ 1
average speed = 5.0 m/s (accept 5)✓ 1
Part (c)
the second stage was slower (1800 m in 540 s is about 3.3 m/s), which lowers the overall average✓ 1

Exam tip: Convert kilometres to metres and minutes to seconds before using speed = distance / time.

46IGPE3-1-15r17-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A skydiver has been falling for some time and is moving at terminal velocity. Which statement about the forces on the skydiver is correct?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
At terminal velocity the speed is constant, so the resultant force is zero and weight equals air resistance, which is C. A wrongly assumes that motion needs a resultant force. B would make the skydiver slow down. D confuses zero acceleration with zero weight; the weight of the skydiver does not change.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: A constant speed does not mean there is no force; it means the forces are balanced.

47IGPE3-1-15r17-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

Which list contains only contact forces?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Tension, friction and air resistance all need the objects to touch, so B is correct. A includes weight, which acts through a gravitational field with no contact. C includes the magnetic force, a non-contact force. D includes the electrostatic force, also a non-contact force.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: Ask whether the force would still act if the two objects were separated by a gap; if so, it is a non-contact force.

48IGPE3-1-15r17-051(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy4 marks

A light aircraft accelerates uniformly in a straight line along a runway. It starts from rest and reaches a speed of 40 m/s after 16 s.

(a)

Calculate the acceleration of the aircraft.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance the aircraft travels along the runway in this time.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
acceleration = change in speed ÷ time = (40 − 0) ÷ 16✓ 1
acceleration = 2.5 m/s²✓ 1
Part (b)
average speed = (0 + 40) ÷ 2 = 20 m/s and distance = average speed × time = 20 × 16✓ 1
distance = 320 m✓ 1

Exam tip: With uniform acceleration from rest, the average speed is half the final speed.

49IGPE3-1-15r17-061(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A quad bike moves along a straight farm track. The table shows its distance from a gate at different times.
Time (s): 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60
Distance from gate (m): 0, 30, 60, 60, 60, 90, 120

(a)

State what the data show about the motion of the quad bike between 20 s and 40 s.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the quad bike during the first 20 s.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average speed of the quad bike for the whole 60 s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the quad bike is stationary / not moving (distance stays at 60 m)✓ 1
Part (b)
speed = distance ÷ time = 60 ÷ 20✓ 1
speed = 3.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
average speed = total distance ÷ total time = 120 ÷ 60✓ 1
average speed = 2.0 m/s✓ 1

Common error: Average speed uses the total time, including any time spent stationary.

50IGPE3-1-15r25-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A librarian pushes a loaded trolley along a level floor at a constant speed of 0.8 m/s. Which statement about the horizontal forces on the trolley is correct?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Constant speed in a straight line means no acceleration, so the resultant force is zero and the push balances the resistive forces exactly. A push larger than friction would make the trolley accelerate. A zero push would let friction slow the trolley down. Weight acts vertically and is balanced by the floor, so it is not compared with the horizontal push.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: Constant speed does not mean no force is needed; it means the forces are balanced.

51IGPE3-1-15r25-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A swimmer completes 8 lengths of a 25 m pool in 125 s. The swimmer has a mass of 60 kg.

(a)

Calculate the average speed of the swimmer.

(2)
(b)

At the start of one length, the swimmer pushes off the wall and accelerates from rest to 1.6 m/s in 2.0 s. Calculate the acceleration.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the resultant force on the swimmer during this acceleration.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 distance = 8 × 25 = 200 m, speed = distance / time = 200 / 125✓ 1
A1 1.6 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 a = (1.6 − 0) / 2.0✓ 1
A1 0.80 m/s²✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 F = ma = 60 × 0.80✓ 1
A1 48 N✓ 1

Common error: The distance for the average speed is the total distance swum, not the length of the pool.

52IGPE3-1-15r25-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A librarian pushes a trolley of books with a horizontal force of 90 N. The total mass of the trolley and books is 40 kg. A frictional force of 50 N acts on the trolley.

(a)

State two effects that a force can have on an object.

(2)
(b)

State one non-contact force acting on the trolley.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the resultant horizontal force on the trolley.

(1)
(d)

Calculate the acceleration of the trolley.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
first effect, e.g. changes its speed / starts or stops it moving✓ 1
a different second effect, e.g. changes its direction of motion / changes its shape or size✓ 1
Part (b)
weight / gravitational force✓ 1
Part (c)
90 − 50 = 40 N✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 a = F / m = 40 / 40 (ECF from (c))✓ 1
A1 1.0 m/s²✓ 1

Exam tip: Find the resultant force by subtracting opposing forces before using F = ma.

53IGPE3-1-15r26-011(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A stone is released from rest at the top of a cliff and takes 3.0 s to reach the sea. Ignore air resistance and take the acceleration of free fall as 10 m/s2. What is the height of the cliff?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The speed on reaching the sea is v = 10 × 3.0 = 30 m/s. Using v2 = u2 + 2as with u = 0 gives s = 302 ÷ (2 × 10) = 45 m, which is the average speed (15 m/s) multiplied by the time. 30 m is wrong because it is the final speed, not a distance. 90 m is wrong because it multiplies the final speed by the time, which would only be correct for constant speed. 15 m is wrong because it is just half of the final speed in m/s, with the time ignored.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: A falling object does not travel at its final speed for the whole fall, so distance is not final speed × time.

54IGPE3-1-15r26-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A diver steps off a platform that is 5.0 m above the surface of a pool. The diver starts from rest. Ignore air resistance and take the acceleration of free fall as 10 m/s2.

(a)

Calculate the speed of the diver when she reaches the water. Use v2 = u2 + 2as.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the diver to fall to the water.

(2)
(c)

Suggest why the real speed of the diver on reaching the water is slightly less than your answer to (a).

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
substitution into v2 = 0 + 2 × 10 × 5.0 = 100✓ 1
v = 10 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
use of a = (v − u) ÷ t, or equivalent rearrangement✓ 1
t = 10 ÷ 10 = 1.0 s (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
air resistance acts upwards on the diver, reducing the acceleration✓ 1

Exam tip: Write down u, a and s before choosing the equation; if the object starts from rest, u = 0 and the equation simplifies.

55IGPE3-1-15r26-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A railway wagon A of mass 15 000 kg rolls at 1.6 m/s along a straight horizontal track and collides with a stationary wagon B of mass 10 000 kg. The two wagons couple together.

A 15 000 kg1.6 m/sB 10 000 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the momentum of wagon A before the collision.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the coupled wagons immediately after the collision.

(3)
(c)

State the direction in which the coupled wagons move.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = mass × velocity = 15 000 × 1.6✓ 1
24 000 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
total momentum after = total momentum before = 24 000 kg m/s (ECF from (a))✓ 1
total mass = 25 000 kg and speed = momentum ÷ mass✓ 1
0.96 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
in the same direction as wagon A was moving before the collision✓ 1

Exam tip: Check your final speed is smaller than the speed of the moving wagon: adding mass to a system at constant momentum must reduce its speed.

56IGPE3-1-15r26-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A tower crane lifts a concrete beam of mass 600 kg. Take g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of the beam.

(2)
(b)

The beam rises at a constant speed. State the tension in the cable and explain your answer.

(2)
(c)

The beam then accelerates upwards at 0.50 m/s2. Calculate the tension in the cable.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
weight = mass × gravitational field strength = 600 × 10✓ 1
6000 N✓ 1
Part (b)
tension = 6000 N✓ 1
forces are balanced because there is no acceleration (resultant force is zero)✓ 1
Part (c)
resultant force = ma = 600 × 0.50 = 300 N✓ 1
tension = 6000 + 300 = 6300 N✓ 1

Common error: Constant speed does not mean no force is acting; it means the forces are balanced.

57IGPE3-1-16r30-011(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A forager bee flies 1.8 km from its hive to a field of flowers in 10 minutes. What is its average speed?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Convert first: 1.8 km = 1800 m and 10 min = 600 s, so speed = 1800 ÷ 600 = 3.0 m/s, so this is correct. 0.18 comes from dividing 1.8 by 10 without converting units. 10.8 is the speed in km/h, not m/s. 180 comes from dividing 1800 m by 10 without converting minutes to seconds.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: Convert distance to metres and time to seconds before calculating a speed in m/s.

58IGPE3-1-16r30-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A hospital sends a portable scanner of mass 6.0 kg from Earth, where g = 10 N/kg, to a planet where g = 4.0 N/kg. Which row gives the scanner's mass and weight on the planet?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Mass does not depend on location, so it stays 6.0 kg. Weight = mass × g = 6.0 × 4.0 = 24 N, so this is correct. A weight of 60 N is the weight on Earth, which would be wrong because g has changed. A mass of 2.4 kg wrongly makes mass change with g. A mass of 1.5 kg comes from dividing a weight of 6.0 N by g, mixing up mass and weight.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Mass stays the same everywhere; only weight changes with the gravitational field strength.

59IGPE3-1-16r30-051(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A Formula 1 car completes laps of a circuit of length 4.8 km. A lap takes 75 s.

(a)

Calculate the average speed of the car in m/s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate this speed in km/h. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(2)
(c)

The race is 52 laps long. Each lap takes 75 s. Calculate the time taken for the race in minutes.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 speed = distance ÷ time = 4800 ÷ 75✓ 1
A1 64 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 64 × 3.6 = 230.4✓ 1
A1 230 km/h✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 52 × 75 = 3900 s✓ 1
A1 3900 ÷ 60 = 65 minutes✓ 1

Exam tip: Write the equation in words first, then substitute values in the same units.

60IGPE3-1-16r30-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A hospital has a portable X-ray unit that weighs 650 N on Earth, where g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the mass of the unit.

(2)
(b)

The unit is taken to a planet where the gravitational field strength is 4.0 N/kg. Calculate its weight on the planet.

(2)
(c)

State what happens to the mass of the unit when it is taken to the planet.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 mass = weight ÷ g = 650 ÷ 10✓ 1
A1 65 kg✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 weight = 65 × 4.0✓ 1
A1 260 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
it stays the same✓ 1

Common error: Do not call weight and mass by the same name: weight is a force in newtons, mass is in kilograms.

61IGPE3-1-16r30-111(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A bee flies at an average speed of 6.0 m/s while it is foraging. One foraging trip, out to the flowers and back, lasts 15 minutes of flying time.

(a)

Calculate the distance flown on one trip. Give your answer in km.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the greatest distance from the hive that the bee could reach if it flew straight out and straight back.

(1)
(c)

The bee makes 8 trips in one day. Calculate the total distance flown in the day in km.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 distance = 6.0 × 15 × 60 = 5400 m✓ 1
A1 5.4 km✓ 1
Part (b)
5.4 ÷ 2 = 2.7 km✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 8 × 5.4✓ 1
A1 43.2 km✓ 1

Exam tip: Convert minutes to seconds before using a speed in m/s.

62IGPE3-1-15r32-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A hospital porter pushes a trolley of total mass 80 kg along a corridor with a constant horizontal force of 120 N. Friction and other resistive forces total 40 N. What is the acceleration of the trolley?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The resultant force is 120 − 40 = 80 N, so a = F/m = 80 ÷ 80 = 1.0 m/s². 1.5 m/s² ignores the resistive force (120 ÷ 80). 2.0 m/s² adds the resistive force to the push instead of subtracting it. 0.50 m/s² uses only the resistive force (40 ÷ 80).✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: Always find the resultant force first: a push is reduced by friction, not increased by it.

63IGPE3-1-15r32-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A light aircraft of mass 1200 kg accelerates uniformly from rest along a runway. After 16 s it reaches its take-off speed of 40 m/s.

(a)

Calculate the acceleration of the aircraft.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the length of the take-off run.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the resultant force acting on the aircraft during the take-off run.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 acceleration = change in speed ÷ time, or 40 ÷ 16✓ 1
A1 2.5 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 distance = average speed × time = 20 × 16 (or use s = ½(u + v)t)✓ 1
A1 320 m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 F = ma = 1200 × 2.5 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
A1 3000 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Write the equation, substitute with units, then give the answer: this earns the method mark even if the arithmetic slips.

64IGPE3-1-15r32-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A tile falls from the roof of a hospital and hits the ground at 30 m/s. Ignore air resistance. Use g = 10 m/s2.

(a)

Calculate the height from which the tile fell.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the tile to fall.

(2)
(c)

In reality the tile hits the ground at a speed lower than 30 m/s. Explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 v2 = 2gs, so 302 = 2 × 10 × s✓ 1
A1 45 m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 t = v ÷ g = 30 ÷ 10✓ 1
A1 3.0 s✓ 1
Part (c)
air resistance (drag) acts upwards on the tile✓ 1
so the resultant force is smaller and the acceleration (and final speed) is less than calculated✓ 1

Exam tip: If a question says to ignore air resistance, the only force is weight and the acceleration is g.

65IGPE3-1-16r33-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

Which list contains only vector quantities?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
A vector has both magnitude and direction. Acceleration, force and momentum all have direction, so this list contains only vectors. The first list contains only scalars. The second list includes speed, which is a scalar. The last list includes energy, which is a scalar.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: Speed and velocity are not the same; speed is a scalar and velocity is a vector.

66IGPE3-1-16r33-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy7 marks

A volcanologist walks 800 m due east to a volcanic vent and then 600 m due north to a camp. The whole walk takes 1250 s.

800 m due east600 m due north?startN
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the difference between distance and displacement.

(2)
(b)

State the total distance walked.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the magnitude of the displacement from the start to the camp.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the average speed for the whole walk.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Distance is the total length of the path travelled and is a scalar (has magnitude only)✓ 1
Displacement is the straight-line distance from the start to the end in a given direction and is a vector✓ 1
Part (b)
1400 m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 use of Pythagoras: √(8002 + 6002)✓ 1
A1 1000 m✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 average speed = total distance ÷ time✓ 1
A1 1400 ÷ 1250 = 1.12 m/s (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Common error: Average speed uses the total distance travelled, not the displacement.

67IGPE3-1-16r33-071(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A light aircraft accelerates uniformly from rest along a runway at 2.5 m/s2 for 20 s before take-off.

(a)

Calculate the speed of the aircraft at take-off.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance travelled along the runway during the 20 s.

(2)
(c)

The runway is 600 m long. State whether it is long enough for take-off.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 v = at, with a = 2.5 and t = 20✓ 1
A1 50 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 distance = average speed × time = (50 ÷ 2) × 20 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
A1 500 m✓ 1
Part (c)
Yes, because 500 m is less than 600 m (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Exam tip: Check units and use the correct form of the speed equation, such as v = at from rest.

68IGPE3-1-16r33-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

The table shows the thinking distance and braking distance for a delivery van at three speeds.

Speed / m/sThinking distance / mBraking distance / m
868
161232
241872

(a)

State what is meant by thinking distance.

(1)
(b)

Use the table to determine the reaction time of the driver.

(2)
(c)

Describe how the braking distance changes when the speed doubles from 8 m/s to 16 m/s. Use data from the table.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the stopping distance at 24 m/s.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
The distance travelled between the driver seeing a hazard and applying the brakes✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 time = distance ÷ speed, such as 12 ÷ 16✓ 1
A1 0.75 s✓ 1
Part (c)
The braking distance increases by a factor of four✓ 1
from 8 m to 32 m✓ 1
Part (d)
18 + 72 = 90 m✓ 1

Exam tip: Stopping distance is the sum of thinking distance and braking distance.

69IGPE3-1-15r34-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A steel ball is released at the top of a tall column of oil and eventually falls at a constant speed. The upthrust on the ball is negligible. Which statement is correct while the ball falls at this constant speed?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
At constant speed the acceleration is zero, so the resultant force is zero and the upward drag force must equal the downward weight. Drag larger than weight would slow the ball down. Drag is not zero: it has increased with speed until it balances the weight. The weight of an object depends only on its mass and the gravitational field strength, so it does not decrease.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: A body moving at constant speed is not 'free of forces': the forces are balanced. Do not say that weight or drag has disappeared.

70IGPE3-1-15r34-041(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A car accelerates uniformly from rest to 20 m/s in 8.0 s, travels at a constant 20 m/s for 12 s, then decelerates uniformly to rest in 5.0 s. What is the average speed of the car for the whole journey?

082025020time / sspeed / m/s
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Distance = ½ × 20 × 8.0 + 20 × 12 + ½ × 20 × 5.0 = 80 + 240 + 50 = 370 m in a total time of 25 s, so the average speed = 370 ÷ 25 = 14.8 m/s. 20 m/s is only the maximum speed. 10 m/s is the average of the starting and maximum speeds and ignores the long constant-speed stage. 18.5 m/s comes from dividing the distance by 20 s, leaving out the final 5.0 s.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: Average speed = total distance ÷ total time. For a velocity–time graph, find each area separately and add them.

71IGPE3-1-15r34-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A parachute lowers an aid crate of mass 40 kg towards the ground. Take g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

The crate descends at a constant speed of 5.0 m/s. State the size of the resultant force on the crate.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the upward force from the air on the crate and parachute while it descends at constant speed.

(2)
(c)

The crate is released from the parachute. At the instant of release the crate is still moving at 5.0 m/s and the air resistance on the crate alone is 60 N. Calculate the acceleration of the crate at this instant.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
0 N (zero)✓ 1
Part (b)
weight = mass × gravitational field strength = 40 × 10✓ 1
upward force = 400 N (equal to the weight)✓ 1
Part (c)
resultant force = 400 − 60 = 340 N✓ 1
a = F ÷ m = 340 ÷ 40✓ 1
8.5 m/s2 (downwards)✓ 1

Common error: The resultant force is the difference between weight and air resistance, not their sum. Always subtract before using F = ma.

72IGPE3-1-15r34-061(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy7 marks

A warehouse robot trolley starts from rest and accelerates uniformly to a speed of 1.5 m/s in 6.0 s. It then travels at a constant 1.5 m/s for a further 20 s.

062601.5time / sspeed / m/s
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
(a)

Calculate the acceleration of the trolley during the first 6.0 s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance travelled in the first 6.0 s.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average speed of the trolley over the whole 26 s. Give your answer to 3 significant figures. Use the exact value from (b).

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
a = (v − u) ÷ t = 1.5 ÷ 6.0✓ 1
0.25 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
distance = area under velocity–time graph = ½ × 6.0 × 1.5 (or average speed 0.75 × 6.0)✓ 1
4.5 m✓ 1
Part (c)
distance in constant-speed stage = 1.5 × 20 = 30 m, so total distance = 34.5 m✓ 1
average speed = total distance ÷ total time = 34.5 ÷ 26✓ 1
1.33 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: On a velocity–time graph, gradient gives acceleration and area under the line gives distance. Split trapezium-shaped graphs into triangles and rectangles.

73IGPE3-1-15r35-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A shop assistant of mass 60 kg stands on the floor of a lift. The lift accelerates upwards at 1.5 m/s2. The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg. What is the force exerted by the floor on the assistant?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The resultant upward force is ma = 60 × 1.5 = 90 N. The floor force must also support the weight of 600 N, so the floor force is 600 + 90 = 690 N. 600 N is the force only if the lift moves at constant velocity. 90 N is only the resultant force, not the force from the floor. 510 N subtracts the resultant instead of adding it, which would be correct for a downward acceleration.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Do not give the resultant force as the force from the floor. The floor force is the weight plus the extra force needed to accelerate upwards.

74IGPE3-1-15r35-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy8 marks

A delivery robot of mass 45 kg stands on the floor of a lift. The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of the robot.

(2)
(b)

The lift moves upwards at a constant speed. State the force from the floor on the robot and explain your answer.

(2)
(c)

The lift now accelerates upwards at 0.80 m/s2. Calculate the resultant force on the robot.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the force from the floor on the robot while the lift accelerates upwards.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 W = m g✓ 1
A1 45 × 10 = 450 N✓ 1
Part (b)
B1 450 N✓ 1
B1 acceleration is zero so the resultant force is zero, and the force from the floor equals the weight✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 F = m a✓ 1
A1 45 × 0.80 = 36 N✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 force from floor = weight + resultant force = 450 + 36 (ECF from (a) and (c))✓ 1
A1 486 N✓ 1

Common error: The force from the floor is not the resultant force. The resultant is the difference between the force from the floor and the weight.

75IGPE3-1-15r35-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy8 marks

A fashion designer tests an elastic cord. Weights are added to the cord and its length is measured. The cord has a length of 20.0 cm with no load.
Load / N: 0, 3.0, 6.0, 9.0, 12.0
Length / cm: 20.0, 24.0, 28.0, 32.0, 36.0

(a)

Explain how the data show that the cord obeys Hooke's law.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the spring constant of the cord in N/m.

(3)
(c)

A load of 21 N is hung on the cord. Assume it is still within its limit of proportionality. Calculate the length of the cord.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
B1 extensions are 4.0, 8.0, 12.0 and 16.0 cm✓ 1
B1 extension doubles when the load doubles, so extension is proportional to load✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 k = F ÷ x✓ 1
M1 convert extension to metres, e.g. 3.0 N and 0.040 m✓ 1
A1 75 N/m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 extension = F ÷ k = 21 ÷ 75 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
A1 0.28 m or 28 cm✓ 1
A1 length = 20.0 + 28 = 48 cm✓ 1

Common error: The extension is the new length minus the original length. Do not use the total length in F = kx.

76IGPE3-1-17r35-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A spring in a model bridge obeys Hooke's law and has a spring constant of 400 N/m. What is its extension when the force applied to it is 30 N?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Extension = force ÷ spring constant = 30 ÷ 400 = 0.075 m, so 0.075 m is correct. 13 m comes from dividing the spring constant by the force. 12 000 m comes from multiplying the two quantities. 0.75 m is a power-of-ten slip in the division.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: Rearranging F = kx the wrong way up gives an answer with the wrong size and the wrong units; check that your answer has the units of length.

77IGPE3-1-17r35-051(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A sprinter starts from rest. Her speed is recorded every second during the first part of a race.
Time / s: 0, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0
Speed / m/s: 0, 4.0, 7.0, 9.0, 10.0, 10.0, 10.0

(a)

State the time from which she runs at constant speed.

(1)
(b)

Calculate her average acceleration during the first 2.0 s.

(2)
(c)

Estimate the distance she travels in the first 4.0 s. Assume her speed changes at a steady rate between readings.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
4.0 s✓ 1
Part (b)
acceleration = change in speed ÷ time✓ 1
7.0 ÷ 2.0 = 3.5 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
distance = area under the speed–time graph, or average speed × time for each second✓ 1
2.0 + 5.5 + 8.0 + 9.5✓ 1
25 m✓ 1

Exam tip: Distance on a speed–time graph is the area under the line; splitting the area into trapezia or strips and adding them is a reliable method for estimates.

78IGPE3-1-17r35-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A trolley loaded with roasted coffee beans has a total mass of 80 kg. A worker pushes it along a level floor with a force of 140 N. Friction between the wheels and floor is 60 N.

(a)

Calculate the resultant force on the trolley.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration of the trolley.

(2)
(c)

The worker stops pushing while the trolley is moving. Describe what happens to the motion of the trolley and explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
140 − 60 = 80 N✓ 1
Part (b)
acceleration = resultant force ÷ mass✓ 1
80 ÷ 80 = 1.0 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
the trolley slows down and comes to rest✓ 1
friction now acts alone, opposite to the motion, giving a resultant force backwards✓ 1

Exam tip: Always find the resultant force first; the force in F = ma is the unbalanced force, not the push alone.

79IGPE3-1-16r36-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A mountaineer records several quantities during a climb. Which list contains only vector quantities?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Vectors have both magnitude and direction. Displacement, acceleration and weight (a force) all have direction, so every item in that list is a vector. Distance, speed and energy have magnitude only. Mass is a scalar although velocity and force are vectors. Speed and temperature are scalars although momentum is a vector.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: Do not confuse mass (scalar) with weight (vector), or speed (scalar) with velocity (vector).

80IGPE3-1-16r36-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A telecoms relay drone flies a square patrol path of side 50 m, starting and finishing at the same point. The flight takes 40 s.

(a)

Calculate the average speed of the drone.

(2)
(b)

State the average velocity of the drone and explain your answer.

(2)
(c)

State which of speed and velocity is a vector.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 distance ÷ time, 200 ÷ 40✓ 1
A1 5.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
0 m/s✓ 1
The displacement is zero because it returned to its starting point✓ 1
Part (c)
Velocity✓ 1

Common error: Average velocity uses displacement, so a round trip gives zero.

81IGPE3-1-17r36-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A student hangs masses from a helical spring. A mass of 150 g produces an extension of 3.0 cm. The spring is not stretched beyond its limit of proportionality. The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg.
What extension would a mass of 400 g produce?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Within the limit of proportionality extension is directly proportional to load, so the extension is 3.0 × 400/150 = 8.0 cm. 5.0 cm is only the extra extension caused by the additional 250 g, not the total. 12 cm comes from multiplying 3.0 cm by 4, treating 400 g as four times the original mass. 1.1 cm comes from inverting the ratio of the masses.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: Within the limit of proportionality a simple ratio of loads gives the new extension, so you do not need to calculate the spring constant first.

82IGPE3-1-17r36-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy7 marks

A student investigates a helical spring hung from a clamp. She adds weights to the lower end and measures the length of the spring each time.

Load / N: 0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0
Length / cm: 8.0, 10.5, 13.0, 15.5, 18.0, 23.5

(a)

Describe how she should measure the length of the spring accurately.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the extension of the spring for a load of 6.0 N.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the spring constant of the spring, in N/m, using the data for a load of 4.0 N.

(2)
(d)

One of the loads stretches the spring beyond its limit of proportionality. Identify this load and give a reason for your choice.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Ruler held vertically next to the spring (and zero of the ruler level with the top of the coils or a fixed mark)✓ 1
Read the scale with the eye level with the lower end of the spring or a pointer, to avoid parallax error✓ 1
Part (b)
15.5 − 8.0 = 7.5 cm✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 extension converted to metres (0.050 m) and k = F/x = 4.0 / 0.050✓ 1
A1 80 N/m✓ 1
Part (d)
10.0 N✓ 1
The increase in extension is much larger than for the other 2.0 N steps (15.5 cm instead of about 12.5 cm), so extension is no longer proportional to load✓ 1

Exam tip: Always subtract the original length to find the extension, and convert centimetres to metres before using k = F/x with an answer in N/m.

83IGPE3-1-17r36-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy5 marks

A cyclist travelling at 8.0 m/s sees a hazard ahead. Her reaction time is 0.70 s. Her braking distance at this speed is 7.2 m.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the total stopping distance.

(1)
(c)

State two factors, other than speed, that would increase the braking distance.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 distance = speed × time = 8.0 × 0.70✓ 1
A1 5.6 m✓ 1
Part (b)
A1 5.6 + 7.2 = 12.8 m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
Any two from: wet or icy road; worn tyres; worn or poorly adjusted brakes; larger mass; downhill slope✓ 2

Exam tip: Stopping distance is thinking distance plus braking distance; a tired or distracted rider changes the thinking distance, not the braking distance.

84IGPE3-1-17r36-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy7 marks

A cyclist and bicycle have a combined mass of 80 kg. Starting from rest, the cyclist applies a driving force of 150 N while a constant resistive force of 30 N acts against the motion.

(a)

Calculate the resultant force on the cyclist.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration of the cyclist.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the time taken to reach a speed of 9.0 m/s.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the distance travelled in this time.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
150 − 30 = 120 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 a = F/m = 120/80✓ 1
A1 1.5 m/s² (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 t = change in speed / a = 9.0 / 1.5✓ 1
A1 6.0 s✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 average speed = (0 + 9.0)/2 = 4.5 m/s, distance = 4.5 × 6.0✓ 1
A1 27 m✓ 1

Common error: Use the resultant force, not the driving force, in F = ma.

85IGPE3-1-17r41-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A farmer balances a uniform 2.0 m bar on a pivot at its centre. A 30 N sack hangs 0.80 m from the pivot on one side. A second load hangs 0.50 m from the pivot on the other side. What weight must the second load have for the bar to balance?

pivot30 N?0.80 m0.50 m
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The bar's own weight acts at the pivot, so it has no moment. Anticlockwise moment = clockwise moment: 30 × 0.80 = W × 0.50, so W = 24 ÷ 0.50 = 48 N. 19 N comes from inverting the distances (30 × 0.50 ÷ 0.80). 24 N is the moment of the sack, not yet divided by the distance of the second load. 30 N would only balance if both distances were equal.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Dividing the moment by the wrong distance. Write moment = force × distance for each side before rearranging.

86IGPE3-1-17r41-031(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A tractor moves 120 m in the first 40 s of a journey. It then stops for 20 s. It then moves a further 240 m in the next 60 s. What is the average speed of the tractor over the whole journey?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Average speed = total distance ÷ total time = (120 + 240) ÷ (40 + 20 + 60) = 360 ÷ 120 = 3.0 m/s. 3.5 m/s is the mean of the two moving speeds (3.0 and 4.0 m/s). 2.3 m/s is the mean of the three speeds 3.0, 0 and 4.0 m/s. 3.6 m/s leaves out the 20 s stop from the total time.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: Average speed uses total time, including any time spent stationary. Do not average the speeds of the separate sections.

87IGPE3-1-17r41-061(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy7 marks

A crop-spraying drone flies in a straight line along the edge of a field. Its distance from the starting point is recorded every 10 s.
Time / s: 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60
Distance / m: 0, 40, 80, 80, 80, 140, 200

(a)

State how the data show that the drone was stationary for part of the journey.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the drone during the first 20 s.

(2)
(c)

Describe how the line on a distance–time graph for the period 40 s to 60 s would differ from the line for the first 20 s.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the average speed of the drone over the whole 60 s. Give your answer to 2 significant figures.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the distance stays at 80 m between 20 s and 40 s (does not change)✓ 1
Part (b)
speed = distance ÷ time = 80 ÷ 20✓ 1
4.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
both are straight lines sloping upwards (constant speed)✓ 1
the line from 40 s to 60 s is steeper because the speed (6.0 m/s) is greater than 4.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (d)
average speed = total distance ÷ total time = 200 ÷ 60✓ 1
3.3 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: The gradient of a distance–time graph is speed. A horizontal line means the object is stationary.

88IGPE3-1-17r41-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy6 marks

A farm scale uses a spring to weigh sacks. The spring obeys Hooke's law up to an extension of 0.30 m and has a spring constant of 250 N/m. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of a sack of seed of mass 6.0 kg.

(1)
(b)

A farmer hangs a 9.0 kg sack on the spring. Explain why the scale should not be used for this sack.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the extension of the spring for the 6.0 kg sack, using your answer to (a).

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
weight = 6.0 × 10 = 60 N✓ 1
Part (b)
weight = 9.0 × 10 = 90 N and extension would be 90 ÷ 250 = 0.36 m✓ 1
this is beyond the 0.30 m limit, so the spring no longer obeys Hooke's law✓ 1
so the reading would not be reliable (spring may be permanently stretched)✓ 1
Part (c)
extension = force ÷ spring constant = 60 ÷ 250 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
0.24 m✓ 1

Exam tip: Use F = kx with extension in metres. Check that the extension is within the spring's Hooke's law range before using the result.

89IGPE3-1-17r45-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

A pharmacist weighs a tablet and records its mass as 250 mg. What is this mass in kilograms?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
1 mg = 10−6 kg, so 250 mg = 250 × 10−6 kg = 2.5 × 10−4 kg. 2.5 × 10−3 kg uses 1 mg = 10−5 kg, a slip of one power of ten. 2.5 × 10−1 kg treats the value as 250 g and converts it to kilograms, ignoring the milli prefix. 2.5 × 10−7 kg uses 1 mg = 10−9 kg, which is far too small a factor.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: Write the prefix as a power of ten (milli = 10⁻³) and then convert grams to kilograms in a second step.

90IGPE3-1-17r45-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy1 mark

In a water-treatment tank, a small particle of grit sinks through still water at a constant speed. Which statement about the forces on the particle is correct?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Constant speed in a straight line means zero acceleration, so by Newton's first law the resultant force is zero: the downward weight is balanced by the upward forces from the water. The statement that weight is greater would give a resultant downward force and an acceleration. Saying there is no upward force confuses 'no resultant force' with 'no forces'. The idea that a resultant force is needed to keep an object moving is the common misconception that force is needed to maintain motion.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: Constant velocity never means that no forces act; it means that the forces balance.

91IGPE3-1-17r45-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PEasy7 marks

The speed of a sprinter is recorded from the start of a race. From t = 0 to t = 4.0 s the speed increases at a constant rate from 0 to 10.0 m/s. From t = 4.0 s to t = 10.0 s the speed stays constant at 10.0 m/s.

0410010time / sspeed / m/s
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
(a)

Calculate the acceleration of the sprinter during the first 4.0 s.

(2)
(b)

Explain, in terms of forces, why the speed is constant between 4.0 s and 10.0 s.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average speed of the sprinter over the first 10.0 s. Use the area under the speed–time graph to find the total distance.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 acceleration = change in speed ÷ time✓ 1
A1 10.0 ÷ 4.0 = 2.5 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
the resultant force on the sprinter is zero✓ 1
the forward (driving) force equals the backward resistive force (air resistance / friction)✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 distance in first 4.0 s = ½ × 4.0 × 10.0 = 20 m✓ 1
M1 total distance = 20 + 10.0 × 6.0 = 80 m✓ 1
A1 average speed = 80 ÷ 10.0 = 8.0 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: The area under a speed–time graph is the distance travelled; split a graph into triangles and rectangles.

92IGPE3-1-17r45-071(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PEasy7 marks

A student investigates the motion of a marble rolling down a straight ramp of length 1.10 m. She times the marble with a stopwatch from release to the bottom of the ramp. Her four timings are 2.1 s, 2.3 s, 2.2 s and 2.2 s.

(a)

Calculate the mean time.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the average speed of the marble. Use the mean time from (a). Give your answer to 2 significant figures.

(2)
(c)

The student says that 'this is the speed of the marble at the bottom of the ramp'. Explain why she is incorrect.

(2)
(d)

Suggest why light gates and an electronic timer would give more reliable timings than a stopwatch.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
A1 (2.1 + 2.3 + 2.2 + 2.2) ÷ 4 = 2.2 s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 average speed = distance ÷ time = 1.10 ÷ 2.2✓ 1
A1 0.50 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
the value calculated is the average speed over the whole journey✓ 1
the marble speeds up as it rolls down, so its speed at the bottom is greater than the average✓ 1
Part (d)
a person's reaction time causes a delay when starting and stopping the stopwatch✓ 1
the electronic timer is triggered automatically and measures to a much smaller time interval✓ 1

Exam tip: Repeating a measurement and taking a mean reduces the effect of random errors but does not remove an error that is the same every time.

93IGCSE-PHY-1-0051(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–79 marks
A student investigates the motion of a toy car rolling down a ramp.
The student releases the car from rest at a start line. The car rolls 1.50 m down the ramp to a finish line.
The student times how long the car takes to reach the finish line. She repeats this three times.

Time / s: 1.84, 1.78, 1.90
1.50 m start linefinish line not to scale
(a)
Name two measuring instruments the student needs.
(2)
(b(i))
Determine the mean time.
(1)
(b(ii))
Calculate the average speed of the toy car between the start line and the finish line.
(2)
(c)
Suggest one way to improve the accuracy of the time measurements. Explain why your suggestion is an improvement.
(2)
(d)
The student wants to find out if the toy car accelerates as it moves down the ramp.
Suggest what additional measurements she should take and how she would use them.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • metre rule / tape measure;
  • stopwatch / stopclock;
Allow
  • allow timer
  • allow light gate(s) (and data logger) for the second mark
Do not accept
  • 'ruler' alone (unless 'metre ruler')
  • 'clock'
(b(i))
  • 1.84 (s);
Allow
  • allow 1.8 (s)
(b(ii))
  • substitution into speed = distance / time;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. speed = 1.50 / 1.84
  • (speed =) 0.82 (m/s)
Allow
  • allow 0.815, 0.8152… (m/s)
  • ECF from (b)(i)
  • allow 82 (cm/s)
(c)
  • use light gates (connected to a timer / data logger) OR film the car and use video playback with timer;
  • idea that this removes (human) reaction time (in starting/stopping the stopwatch);
Allow
  • allow 'use a longer ramp so that reaction time is a smaller fraction of the time measured' with matching explanation
Do not accept
  • 'repeat more times' (improves reliability/precision of mean, not accuracy of each reading) — scores 0
  • 'be more careful'
(d)
  • measure the time taken to reach a halfway point (e.g. 0.75 m) as well as the finish line;
  • calculate the average speed for each half and compare: if the second half has a greater average speed the car is accelerating;
Allow
  • allow light gates at two points to measure two speeds and compare
  • allow measure time for equal successive distances and show the times decrease
Do not accept
  • 'measure the speed at the end' without a second speed for comparison
94IGCSE-PHY-1-0061(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–71 mark
An electric scooter is moving at 4.0 m/s. It accelerates uniformly to a velocity of 12 m/s in 5.0 s.
It then travels at a constant velocity of 12 m/s for a further 5.0 s.
What is the average speed of the scooter for the whole 10.0 s?
Show mark scheme
  • C (10 m/s);
  • A is incorrect because it is the mean of the initial and final velocities of the accelerating section, not total distance ÷ total time
  • B is incorrect because it treats the accelerating section as a triangle starting from rest (½ × 5.0 × 12 = 30 m), ignoring the initial velocity of 4.0 m/s
  • D is incorrect because it is the maximum speed, not the average
95IGCSE-PHY-1-0081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–75 marks
A delivery drone hovers 11 m above the ground. It releases a parcel, which falls from rest.
Use g = 10 m/s².
(a)
Calculate the speed of the parcel just before it hits the ground.
Ignore air resistance.
(3)
(b)
The actual speed of the parcel just before it hits the ground is less than your answer to (a).
Explain why.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • substitution into v² = u² + 2as;
  • rearrangement;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. v² = 0² + 2 × 10 × 11
  • v = √220
  • (v =) 15 (m/s)
Allow
  • allow 14.8, 14.83… (m/s)
  • allow use of g = 9.8 or 9.81 giving 14.7 (m/s)
  • 220 (m/s) without square root scores 2 marks
(b)
  • air resistance acts (upwards) / opposes motion;
  • (so) resultant (downward) force is less than the weight OR acceleration is less (than 10 m/s²);
Allow
  • allow drag for air resistance
  • allow 'air resistance increases with speed so acceleration decreases'
Do not accept
  • 'friction from gravity'
  • 'air resistance slows it down' alone scores MP1 only
  • 'gravity is less'
96IGCSE-PHY-1-0091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–71 mark
A car is travelling along a straight road at 20 m/s. The driver sees a hazard and brakes.
The driver's reaction time is 0.70 s. The braking distance of the car is 32 m.
What is the stopping distance of the car?
Show mark scheme
  • C (46 m);
  • A is incorrect because it is the thinking distance only (20 × 0.70); the braking distance must be added
  • B is incorrect because it is the braking distance only; the car also travels during the driver's reaction time
  • D is incorrect because the thinking distance has been calculated as speed ÷ reaction time (20 ÷ 0.70 = 29 m) instead of speed × reaction time
97IGCSE-PHY-1-0111(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–78 marks
A lift and its passengers have a total mass of 800 kg.
The lift starts from rest and accelerates upwards. After 3.0 s its velocity is 2.4 m/s.
The lift is pulled upwards by a steel cable. Ignore friction.
Use g = 10 N/kg.
(a)
State the formula linking acceleration, change in velocity and time taken.
(1)
(b)
Calculate the acceleration of the lift.
(2)
(c)
Calculate the resultant force on the lift.
(2)
(d)
Calculate the force exerted on the lift by the cable while the lift accelerates.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • acceleration = change in velocity / time taken;
Allow
  • standard symbols and rearrangements e.g. a = (v − u)/t
Do not accept
  • a = v/t unless v defined as change in velocity
(b)
  • substitution;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. a = (2.4 − 0) / 3.0
  • (a =) 0.80 (m/s²)
Allow
  • allow 0.8 (m/s²)
(c)
  • substitution into F = m × a;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. F = 800 × 0.80
  • (F =) 640 (N)
Allow
  • ECF from (b)
(d)
  • weight = 8000 (N);
  • idea that cable force − weight = resultant force OR cable force = weight + resultant force;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. cable force = 8000 + 640
  • (cable force =) 8640 (N)
Allow
  • allow 8600 (N)
  • ECF from (c)
  • allow g = 9.8 giving 8480 (N)
Do not accept
  • 8000 − 640 = 7360 (N) scores MP1 only
  • 640 (N) alone scores 0
98IGCSE-PHY-1-0141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–76 marks
A student wants to find out whether a steel helical spring obeys Hooke's law.
She has a clamp stand, the spring, a 100 g mass hanger with eight 100 g slotted masses, a metre rule and a pointer that can be attached to the bottom of the spring.
Describe how the student could carry out this investigation and how she should use her results to decide whether the spring obeys Hooke's law.
You should include how to obtain accurate results and how to work safely.
(6)
Show mark scheme
  • Indicative content:
  • MP1. hang the spring from the clamp (stand) with the metre rule fixed vertically beside it;
  • MP2. attach the pointer to the bottom of the spring and record its initial reading on the rule;
  • MP3. add masses in equal steps / one 100 g mass at a time;
  • MP4. force calculated using W = m × g (e.g. 0.10 kg × 10 N/kg = 1.0 N per mass);
  • MP5. record the new pointer reading after each mass is added;
  • MP6. extension = new reading − initial reading;
  • MP7. read the rule at eye level / perpendicular to the scale to avoid parallax;
  • MP8. wait for the spring to stop oscillating before taking a reading;
  • MP9. repeat (e.g. while removing the masses) and calculate a mean extension for each force;
  • MP10. safety: wear eye protection in case the spring or masses fly off;
  • MP11. safety: clamp the stand to the bench / use a counterweight, and keep feet clear of the masses;
  • MP12. plot a graph of extension against force (or force against extension);
  • MP13. obeys Hooke's law where the graph is a straight line through the origin / extension directly proportional to force;
Allow
  • allow 'pointer' to be a marker / tape flag
  • allow use of a set square to read the pointer for MP7
  • Point-based alternative matching 4PH1 practice: award 1 mark per MP to a maximum of 6; a method with no way of determining extension cannot score above 3
Do not accept
  • 'measure the length of the spring' with no initial reading for MP2/MP6
  • 'be careful' for safety
  • 'repeat to make it accurate' without a mean for MP9
Level 0 (0)No rewardable content.
Level 1 (1–2)Simple statements, e.g. 'add masses and measure the spring'. How the extension is found, or how the results are used, is unclear.
Level 2 (3–4)Workable method: masses added in steps, extension found from initial and new pointer readings, with either a valid accuracy/safety point or a correct use of a graph.
Level 3 (5–6)Detailed, logically ordered method that would give valid results: pointer and fixed rule, equal steps, force from W = mg, extension calculated, at least one accuracy measure and one safety precaution, and a correct statement of how a straight line through the origin shows Hooke's law.
99IGCSE-PHY-1-0261(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–71 mark
A sailing dinghy and its sailor have a total mass of 150 kg.
At one instant, the wind exerts a forward force of 480 N on the sail and the water exerts a backward resistive force of 300 N on the dinghy.

What is the acceleration of the dinghy at this instant?
Show mark scheme
  • A (1.2 m/s²);
  • B is incorrect because it uses only the resistive force: 300 ÷ 150 = 2.0
  • C is incorrect because it uses only the forward force: 480 ÷ 150 = 3.2, ignoring the resistive force
  • D is incorrect because it adds forces acting in opposite directions: (480 + 300) ÷ 150 = 5.2
100IGCSE-PHY-1-0271(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–77 marks
An airliner starts from rest at one end of a runway and accelerates uniformly along it.
The airliner leaves the ground when its speed reaches 72 m/s.
The acceleration of the airliner is 2.0 m/s².
(a)
Calculate the minimum length of runway needed for the airliner to take off.
(3)
(b)
Calculate the time taken for the airliner to reach take-off speed.
(2)
(c)
The mass of the airliner is 65 000 kg.
Calculate the resultant force on the airliner during its take-off run.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • substitution into v² = u² + 2as;
  • rearrangement;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. 72² = 0² + 2 × 2.0 × s
  • s = 72² / (2 × 2.0)
  • (s =) 1300 (m)
Allow
  • allow 1296 (m)
  • rearrangement and substitution in either order
  • correct answer with no working scores 3
  • 72² / 2.0 = 2592 (m) (factor of 2 omitted) scores 1
(b)
  • substitution into a = (v − u)/t;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. 2.0 = (72 − 0) / t
  • (t =) 36 (s)
Allow
  • correct answer with no working scores 2
Do not accept
  • 2.0 × 72 = 144 (s) scores 0
(c)
  • substitution into F = m × a;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. F = 65 000 × 2.0
  • (F =) 130 000 (N)
Allow
  • allow 1.3 × 10⁵ (N)
  • -1 for POT error
Do not accept
  • 65 000 × 10 = 650 000 (N) (weight) scores 0
101IGCSE-PHY-1-0281(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–79 marks
Some students investigate the motion of a tennis ball rolling along a school corridor.
They mark lines on the floor every 2.0 m. A student stands at each line with a stopwatch.
The ball is pushed and all the stopwatches are started as the ball passes the 0 m line. Each student stops their stopwatch as the ball passes their line.

Distance / m: 0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0
Time / s: 0, 0.8, 1.7, 2.8, 4.1, 5.6
(a)
Name a suitable measuring instrument for marking out the lines every 2.0 m.
(1)
(b)
Calculate the average speed of the ball over the 10.0 m.
(2)
(c)
Describe how the speed of the ball changes as it rolls along the corridor.
Use data from the table to support your answer.
(2)
(d)
Name the force that causes the change in speed of the ball.
(1)
(e)
The students plot a distance–time graph of their results.
Describe the shape of the graph.
(1)
(f)
Each time in the table has an uncertainty of about 0.2 s because of the students' reaction times.
Explain why the average speed calculated for the first 2.0 m is much less reliable than the average speed calculated for the whole 10.0 m.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • tape measure / metre rule / trundle wheel;
Allow
  • allow 'measuring tape'
  • allow 'metre ruler'
Do not accept
  • 'stopwatch'
  • 'ruler' alone
(b)
  • substitution into average speed = distance / time;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. average speed = 10.0 / 5.6
  • (average speed =) 1.8 (m/s)
Allow
  • allow 1.79 (m/s)
  • correct answer with no working scores 2
Do not accept
  • 5.6 / 10.0 = 0.56 (m/s) scores 0
(c)
  • speed decreases / ball slows down;
  • use of data e.g. time to travel each 2.0 m increases (0.8 s, 0.9 s, 1.1 s, 1.3 s, 1.5 s) OR speed falls from 2.5 m/s to 1.3 m/s;
Allow
  • allow 'decelerates'
  • allow any two correct interval times or speeds compared for MP2
Do not accept
  • 'time increases so speed increases'
(d)
  • friction / air resistance;
Allow
  • allow 'drag' / 'rolling resistance'
Do not accept
  • 'gravity'
  • 'weight'
(e)
  • curve with decreasing gradient / curve that levels off;
Allow
  • allow 'curve getting less steep'
Do not accept
  • 'straight line'
  • 'curve getting steeper'
(f)
  • 0.2 s is a large fraction of the time for the first 2.0 m (0.8 s) / about 25%;
  • but only a small fraction of the time for 10.0 m (5.6 s) / about 4% (so the percentage uncertainty in the speed is much smaller);
Allow
  • allow 'the uncertainty is the same size but the time measured is much longer' for MP2 if linked to the 10.0 m time
  • allow percentages in the range 20–30% and 3–5%
Do not accept
  • 'the ball is slower at the end so it is easier to time' with no reference to the size of the uncertainty compared with the time
  • 'repeat the experiment' (does not answer the question)
102IGCSE-PHY-1-0291(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–710 marks
The table gives the thinking distance and the braking distance for a delivery van at different speeds on a dry road.

Speed / m/s: 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
Thinking distance / m: 6.0, 9.0, 12.0, 15.0, 18.0
Braking distance / m: 7.5, 16.9, 30.0, 46.9, 67.5
(a)
State what is meant by the thinking distance.
(1)
(b)
Use data from the table to calculate the reaction time of the driver.
(2)
(c)
On another journey on a dry road, the driver is travelling at 20 m/s when she sees a fallen tree 50 m ahead.
Determine whether the van stops before it reaches the tree.
(2)
(d)
Compare how the thinking distance and the braking distance change when the speed doubles from 15 m/s to 30 m/s.
(2)
(e)
The van is now fully loaded with heavy parcels and is driven on a wet road.
Explain how these two changes affect the stopping distance of the van at a given speed.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • distance travelled (at constant speed) between the driver seeing a hazard and applying the brakes / during the driver's reaction time;
Allow
  • allow 'distance travelled while the driver reacts'
Do not accept
  • 'distance travelled while braking'
(b)
  • substitution into time = distance / speed using any matching pair;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. time = 6.0 / 10
  • (reaction time =) 0.60 (s)
Allow
  • allow 0.6 (s)
  • correct answer with no working scores 2
Do not accept
  • 10 / 6.0 = 1.7 (s) scores 0
(c)
  • (stopping distance =) 12.0 + 30.0 = 42 (m);
  • 42 m is less than 50 m so the van stops (8 m) before the tree;
Allow
  • ECF for MP2 from an incorrect stopping distance
  • allow 'yes, with 8 m to spare' if 42 m seen
Do not accept
  • comparison using braking distance only (30 m) scores 0
  • comparison using thinking distance only scores 0
(d)
  • thinking distance doubles / is directly proportional to speed (9.0 m → 18.0 m);
  • braking distance increases by (a factor of) four / quadruples (16.9 m → 67.5 m);
Allow
  • allow 'braking distance more than doubles' for MP2
Do not accept
  • 'both double'
(e)
  • (greater mass/load means) braking distance increases;
  • (wet road means) less friction/grip between tyres and road so braking distance increases;
  • thinking distance is unchanged (so stopping distance increases overall);
Allow
  • allow 'smaller deceleration' for MP1 if linked to braking
  • allow 'tyres may skid' for MP2
Do not accept
  • 'thinking distance increases because the van is heavier'
  • 'the driver reacts more slowly on a wet road'
103IGCSE-PHY-1-0301(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–76 marks
A student wants to investigate how the mass of a trolley affects its acceleration when the same force acts on it.
The diagram shows some of the apparatus she can use. A string attached to the trolley passes over a pulley and holds a hanging mass. A card is fixed to the top of the trolley so it can pass through two light gates connected to a data logger.
She also has a top-pan balance, a set of 0.50 kg masses that can be stacked on the trolley and a metre rule.
trolleycardlight gate 1light gate 2data loggerpulleyhangingmassstringbenchnot to scale
Describe how the student could use this apparatus to investigate how the mass of the trolley affects its acceleration.
You should include how she would make the investigation a fair test and how she would use her results.
(6)
Show mark scheme
  • Indicative content:
  • MP1. measure the mass of the trolley (and any added masses) using the balance;
  • MP2. keep the hanging mass the same so that the (accelerating) force is constant;
  • MP3. release the trolley from rest from the same starting position each time;
  • MP4. measure the length of the card (with the rule) and use the light gates/data logger to find the speed at each gate (length of card ÷ time for the card to pass through the gate);
  • MP5. measure the time to travel between the gates and calculate acceleration = (v − u)/t;
  • MP6. add 0.50 kg masses to the trolley one at a time and repeat for at least five different masses;
  • MP7. repeat each measurement and calculate a mean acceleration;
  • MP8. other control variables e.g. same runway/surface, same distance between gates, same card;
  • MP9. plot a graph of acceleration against mass (or against 1/mass) and describe the relationship, e.g. acceleration decreases as mass increases;
  • MP10. safety e.g. catch box/soft landing under the hanging mass or a block at the end of the runway;
Allow
  • award 1 mark per MP to a maximum of 6 if a points-based approach is used
  • allow use of v² = u² + 2as with the distance between the gates for MP5
  • allow 'tilt the runway slightly to compensate for friction' as a control for MP8
  • allow 'weight' for 'hanging mass' in MP2
  • allow 1/(total mass) or 1/(mass of trolley + hanging mass) for MP9
Do not accept
  • 'change the hanging mass' as the independent variable (this investigates force, not mass)
  • 'use a stopwatch to time the trolley' with no light gates for MP4
Level 0 (0)No rewardable content.
Level 1 (1–2)Isolated points about the method, e.g. adds masses to the trolley or uses light gates, with no clear way of finding acceleration or of keeping the test fair.
Level 2 (3–4)A partly logical method: varies the trolley mass and measures something from which acceleration could be found, with at least one control (e.g. same hanging mass). How results are processed or used may be missing.
Level 3 (5–6)A logical, workable method: mass measured and varied over a suitable range, force kept constant by the same hanging mass, acceleration correctly determined from light-gate data, repeats, and a graph or comparison used to reach a conclusion.
104IGCSE-PHY-1-0341(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 6–78 marks
A student drops paper cupcake cases from a height of 2 m. They quickly reach a terminal velocity.
The diagram shows the two vertical forces, X and Y, acting on a single case as it falls.
She then drops a stack of four cases fitted inside each other. The stack has the same shape and size as a single case.
XY directionof motion cupcake case not to scale
(a)
Name forces X and Y.
(2)
(b)
The mass of a single case is 0.60 g.
Calculate the size of force X when the single case falls at its terminal velocity.
(3)
(c)
The stack of four cases has a greater terminal velocity than a single case.
Explain why.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • X: air resistance / drag;
  • Y: weight;
Allow
  • allow 'gravity' / 'gravitational force' for Y
  • allow 'friction' for X
Do not accept
  • 'upthrust' for X
  • 'mass' for Y
(b)
  • X = weight (at terminal velocity);
  • conversion of 0.60 g to 0.00060 kg and substitution into W = m × g;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. W = 0.00060 × 10
  • (X =) 0.0060 (N)
Allow
  • allow 6.0 × 10⁻³ (N)
  • allow 0.0059 (N) using g = 9.8
  • correct answer with no working scores 3
  • 0.60 g used as 0.60 kg giving 6.0 (N) scores 2 (MP1 and MP2; POT error)
(c)
  • stack has a greater weight / four times the weight;
  • at terminal velocity air resistance = weight / resultant force is zero, so the stack needs a greater air resistance;
  • air resistance increases with speed (and the shape is the same) so the stack must fall faster before the forces balance;
Allow
  • allow 'drag' for air resistance throughout
  • 'heavier objects fall faster because gravity pulls them more' scores MP1 only
Do not accept
  • 'the stack has less air resistance' scores 0
105IGPE2-054-01-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A physiotherapist tests a resistance band used for exercising an injured shoulder. She hangs weights from the band and measures its extension.
Force / N: 0, 10, 20, 30, 40
Extension / cm: 0, 4.0, 8.0, 12.0, 17.5

(a)

State what is meant by elastic behaviour.

(1)
(b)

Describe how the data show that the band obeys Hooke's law for forces up to 30 N.

(2)
(c)

Suggest what has happened to the band by the time the force reaches 40 N.

(1)
(d)

Calculate the extension of the band when a force of 25 N is applied.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
The object returns to its original shape/length when the force is removed✓ 1
Part (b)
Each 10 N increase in force gives the same 4.0 cm increase in extension / extension doubles when force doubles ; so extension is directly proportional to force from 0 to 30 N✓ 2
Part (c)
The limit of proportionality has been exceeded, because the extension is 17.5 cm rather than the expected 16.0 cm✓ 1
Part (d)
Extension per newton = 4.0 ÷ 10 = 0.40 cm/N, or 25 ÷ 10 × 4.0 ; extension = 10 cm (10.0 cm)✓ 2

Exam tip: To show proportionality from a table, quote equal increases or a doubling pattern using the actual numbers. Saying only 'it goes up' does not show proportionality.

106IGPE2-054-01-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A rider on an electric scooter sets off from rest along a level road. The total mass of the rider and scooter is 95 kg. At one moment the motor provides a forward driving force of 260 N. The total resistive force at that moment is 70 N.

(a)

Calculate the resultant force on the rider and scooter, and state its direction.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration of the rider and scooter at this moment.

(3)
(c)

The driving force stays constant. Explain why the acceleration decreases as the scooter's speed increases.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
260 − 70 = 190 N ; in the forward direction / direction of motion✓ 2
Part (b)
F = m × a, or a = F ÷ m ; a = 190 ÷ 95 ; a = 2.0 m/s2✓ 3
Part (c)
Air resistance/drag increases as speed increases ; so the resultant force decreases, and acceleration is proportional to resultant force✓ 2

Exam tip: Always use the resultant force in F = m × a, not the driving force alone.

107IGPE2-054-00-021(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A communications satellite moves in a circular orbit around the Earth at a constant speed.
Which row correctly describes the satellite's motion?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Velocity is speed in a given direction. The satellite's direction changes all the time as it moves round its orbit, so its velocity changes even though its speed stays the same. A change in velocity means the satellite is accelerating. Option A treats speed and velocity as the same quantity. Options C and D wrongly say the velocity is constant.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: Velocity is a vector. A change of direction alone is enough to change it, and so to produce an acceleration.

108IGPE2-054-00-061(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium5 marks

A high-speed lift in a skyscraper starts from rest.
• Stage 1: it accelerates uniformly to 6.0 m/s in 4.0 s.
• Stage 2: it travels at a constant 6.0 m/s for 20 s.
• Stage 3: it decelerates uniformly to rest in 3.0 s.

04242706time / svelocity / m/s
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
(a)

Calculate the acceleration of the lift during stage 1.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the total distance travelled by the lift.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
a = 6.0 ÷ 4.0✓ 1
a = 1.5 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
Distance in stage 1 or stage 3 found as the area of a triangle, e.g. ½ × 4.0 × 6.0 = 12 m or ½ × 3.0 × 6.0 = 9 m✓ 1
Distance in stage 2 = 6.0 × 20 = 120 m✓ 1
Total distance = 12 + 120 + 9 = 141 m✓ 1

Exam tip: Sketch the velocity–time graph roughly for yourself. The total distance is the total area under the line.

109IGPE2-054-00-071(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium4 marks

A tracker on a migrating goose records the total distance the goose has flown from its starting point.
time (h): 0, 2, 4, 6, 8
distance (km): 0, 90, 180, 180, 300

(a)

Describe the motion of the goose between 4 h and 6 h.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the average speed of the goose over the whole 8 hours. Give your answer in m/s.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
The goose is stationary (resting / speed is zero) because the distance does not change✓ 1
Part (b)
Distance = 300 000 m or time = 28 800 s (or average speed = 37.5 km/h)✓ 1
speed = 300 000 ÷ 28 800 (or 37.5 ÷ 3.6)✓ 1
= 10.4 m/s (accept 10 m/s)✓ 1

Common error: An average speed must include any time spent stopped. Use the total time of 8 h, not just the time spent flying.

110IGPE2-054-00-081(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium4 marks

In curling, a player releases a stone across the ice at 2.8 m/s. The stone slides 28 m in a straight line before it stops.

(a)

Team-mates sweep the ice in front of the stone. Suggest why this makes the stone travel further.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the deceleration of the stone. Assume the deceleration is uniform.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Sweeping reduces the friction between the stone and the ice, so the stone decelerates less✓ 1
Part (b)
v2 = u2 + 2as, so 0 = 2.82 + 2 × a × 28✓ 1
a = −7.84 ÷ 56✓ 1
deceleration = 0.14 m/s2✓ 1

Exam tip: A negative value of a means a deceleration. Quote the deceleration as a positive number.

111IGPE2-054-00-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium5 marks

A small rocket launches vertically from rest. It accelerates at 25 m/s2 for 12 s.

(a)

State one assumption you need to make to use the equations of uniform motion for this rocket.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the velocity of the rocket after 12 s.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the height the rocket reaches in this time.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
The acceleration of the rocket stays constant (uniform) for the whole 12 s✓ 1
Part (b)
v = u + at = 0 + 25 × 12✓ 1
v = 300 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
Correct substitution into any valid equation, e.g. 3002 = 02 + 2 × 25 × s, or s = ½ × (0 + 300) × 12, or s = ½ × 25 × 122; allow their v from the previous part✓ 1
s = 1800 m✓ 1

Common error: Do not use distance = speed × time with the final speed. The rocket is speeding up from rest, so its average speed is only half of 300 m/s.

112IGPE2-054-00-121(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium5 marks

A dragster accelerates uniformly from rest along a straight 400 m track. It takes 5.0 s to reach the finish line.

(a)

Calculate the average speed of the dragster.

(2)
(b)

For uniform acceleration from rest, the final speed is twice the average speed. State the final speed of the dragster.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the acceleration of the dragster.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
average speed = distance ÷ time = 400 ÷ 5.0✓ 1
= 80 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
160 m/s (allow 2 × their answer to part 1)✓ 1
Part (c)
a = (v − u) ÷ t = (160 − 0) ÷ 5.0, or a = 2s ÷ t2 = 800 ÷ 25 (allow their final speed from part 2)✓ 1
a = 32 m/s2✓ 1

Common error: Acceleration is the change in velocity divided by time. Using the average speed (80 m/s) instead of the final speed gives half the correct acceleration.

113IGPE2-054-03-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

An electric scooter and its rider have a total mass of 90 kg. As the scooter moves off, the motor provides a driving force of 210 N. The total resistive force at that moment is 75 N.

(a)

State the resultant force on the scooter and rider.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration of the scooter and rider.

(3)
(c)

The driving force stays the same, but the acceleration decreases as the scooter speeds up. Explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
210 − 75 = 135 N (forwards)✓ 1
Part (b)
Uses force = mass × acceleration✓ 1
a = 135 ÷ 90✓ 1
a = 1.5 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
Air resistance (drag) increases as speed increases✓ 1
so the resultant force decreases, and the acceleration decreases✓ 1

Exam tip: Use the resultant force in F = m × a, not the driving force alone.

114IGPE2-054-03-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A car park barrier is a uniform pole of weight 150 N and length 4.0 m. It pivots at a point 0.50 m from one end. A counterweight is fixed to the short side of the pole, 0.40 m from the pivot. The pole is held horizontal.

pivotcounterweightpole 150 N0.40 m0.50 m4.0 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State what is meant by the centre of gravity of an object.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the moment of the pole's weight about the pivot.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the weight of the counterweight needed to balance the pole horizontally.

(3)
(d)

Suggest why the designer uses a counterweight slightly smaller than this value.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
The point through which the whole weight of the object may be considered to act✓ 1
Part (b)
The weight acts at the midpoint, 2.0 m from the end, so it is 2.0 − 0.50 = 1.5 m from the pivot; moment = 150 × 1.5✓ 1
= 225 N m✓ 1
Part (c)
Principle of moments: clockwise moment = anticlockwise moment (or sum of moments about the pivot = 0)✓ 1
W × 0.40 = 225✓ 1
W = 562.5 N ≈ 560 N✓ 1
Part (d)
The long side then has the larger moment, so the barrier swings down and rests closed when it is not being lifted (accept: it fails safe, returning to the closed position if the power fails)✓ 1

Common error: Measure the distance from the pivot to the centre of the pole, not from the end of the pole.

115IGPE2-054-02-021(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A delivery drone rises vertically from rest. Its velocity–time graph is a straight line from 0 m/s at time 0 s to 3.0 m/s at time 2.0 s.
How far does the drone rise in the first 2.0 s?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Distance travelled is the area under a velocity–time graph. Here the area is a triangle: ½ × 2.0 s × 3.0 m/s = 3.0 m. 1.5 is the gradient (the acceleration in m/s²), 6.0 m forgets the ½ for a triangle, and 0.67 m divides time by velocity.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: On a velocity–time graph the gradient gives acceleration and the area gives distance. For uniform acceleration from rest, the area is a triangle, so include the ½.

116IGPE2-054-02-071(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A student investigates a toy car rolling down a ramp. A card of length 5.0 cm is fixed on top of the car. The card passes through two light gates placed on the ramp. Each light gate records how long the card blocks its beam.

card, 5.0 cmlight gate 1light gate 2
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Suggest why light gates give more accurate times than a hand-operated stopwatch in this experiment.

(1)
(b)

The card blocks the first light gate for 0.025 s.
Calculate the speed of the car as it passes the first light gate.

(3)
(c)

The card blocks the second light gate for 0.020 s. The car takes 0.40 s to travel from the first light gate to the second.
Calculate the acceleration of the car.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
removes human reaction time (which is large compared with the very short times measured)✓ 1
Part (b)
5.0 cm = 0.050 m✓ 1
speed = 0.050 ÷ 0.025✓ 1
= 2.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
speed at second gate = 0.050 ÷ 0.020 = 2.5 m/s✓ 1
a = (2.5 − 2.0) ÷ 0.40✓ 1
= 1.3 m/s2 (accept 1.25 m/s2)✓ 1

Common error: The time the card blocks a gate gives the speed at that gate; the time between gates is the time to use in a = (v − u) ÷ t. Do not mix them up.

117IGPE2-054-02-081(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A sprinter starts from rest. She accelerates uniformly to a speed of 10 m/s in 4.0 s, then runs at a constant 10 m/s for a further 6.0 s.

0410010time / sspeed / m/s
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
(a)

Calculate her acceleration during the first 4.0 s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the total distance she runs in the 10 s.

(3)
(c)

Calculate her average speed over the 10 s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
a = (10 − 0) ÷ 4.0✓ 1
= 2.5 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
distance while accelerating = ½ × 10 × 4.0 = 20 m✓ 1
distance at constant speed = 10 × 6.0 = 60 m✓ 1
total = 80 m✓ 1
Part (c)
average speed = 80 ÷ 10✓ 1
= 8.0 m/s✓ 1

Common error: Average speed is total distance ÷ total time. It is not the mean of the starting and top speeds unless the acceleration lasts the whole time.

118IGPE2-054-02-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

After a collision, a road-traffic investigator measures skid marks 24 m long left by a car that braked to a stop. Tests show the car decelerated uniformly at 7.5 m/s2 on that road surface.

(a)

State the equation linking final speed, initial speed, acceleration and distance moved.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the car when the skid began.

(3)
(c)

The speed limit on the road was 50 km/h.
Use your answer to the previous part to decide whether the car was exceeding the speed limit. Show your working.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
v2 = u2 + 2as✓ 1
Part (b)
Substitution: 0 = u2 + 2 × (−7.5) × 24, or u2 = 2 × 7.5 × 24✓ 1
u2 = 360 (m/s)2✓ 1
u = 19 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
19 m/s × 3.6 = 68 km/h, or 50 km/h ÷ 3.6 = 14 m/s✓ 1
68 km/h > 50 km/h (or 19 m/s > 14 m/s), so the car was exceeding the limit✓ 1

Exam tip: A deceleration is a negative acceleration in v² = u² + 2as. To convert m/s to km/h, multiply by 3.6.

119IGPE2-054-02-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

An astronaut on the Moon drops a hammer from rest at a height of 1.6 m. The acceleration of a falling object on the Moon is 1.6 m/s2. There is no air on the Moon.

(a)

Calculate the speed of the hammer just before it hits the ground.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the hammer to fall.

(2)
(c)

The same hammer is dropped from a height of 1.6 m on Earth. Air resistance on the hammer can be ignored. Explain why it takes less time to fall than on the Moon.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
v2 = u2 + 2as = 0 + 2 × 1.6 × 1.6✓ 1
v2 = 5.12✓ 1
v = 2.3 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
t = (v − u) ÷ a = 2.26 ÷ 1.6, or t = √(2s ÷ a) = √(2 × 1.6 ÷ 1.6)✓ 1
t = 1.4 s✓ 1
Part (c)
The acceleration of free fall on Earth (about 10 m/s2) is greater, so the hammer covers the 1.6 m in less time✓ 1

Exam tip: Find the final speed first with v² = u² + 2as, then use a = (v − u) ÷ t to find the time. Using s = ½at² also works. Keep unrounded values between steps.

120IGPE2-054-02-111(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A student wants to investigate how the angle of a ramp affects the average speed of a trolley rolling down it. She has a ramp, a trolley, a stopwatch, a metre rule, a protractor and a stack of books.

(a)

Describe how the student could carry out this investigation.
You should include how she would make it a fair test.

(6)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
mark a fixed distance on the ramp (e.g. 1.00 m) using the metre rule✓ 1
set the angle using books and measure it with the protractor✓ 1
release the trolley from rest at the same start mark without pushing✓ 1
time how long the trolley takes to travel the marked distance with the stopwatch✓ 1
repeat each angle and find a mean time, then calculate average speed = distance ÷ time✓ 1
change the angle over a range of at least five values, keeping the same trolley, distance and ramp surface✓ 1

Exam tip: For a 6-mark method, cover what you measure, how you measure it, how you calculate the result, how you change the independent variable and what you keep the same.

121IGPE-050-00-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A survey drone of mass 1.2 kg accelerates vertically upwards at 2.0 m/s2. Air resistance is negligible. Take g = 10 N/kg.
What upward thrust do its rotors provide?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The resultant force needed is F = ma = 1.2 × 2.0 = 2.4 N upwards. The thrust must also support the drone's weight, which is 1.2 × 10 = 12 N. So thrust = 12 + 2.4 = 14.4 N.
2.4 N is the resultant force only. 12 N would only keep the drone hovering or moving at constant speed. 9.6 N subtracts the resultant force instead of adding it.
✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Exam tip: F = ma uses the resultant force. Identify the forces first, then write resultant = thrust − weight.

122IGPE-050-00-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A city tram is travelling at 15 m/s when the driver sees a cyclist fall onto the track ahead. The driver's reaction time is 0.80 s. Once the brakes are applied, the tram decelerates uniformly at 2.5 m/s2.

(a)

State two factors that would increase the driver's thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the total stopping distance of the tram.
Use the equation v2 = u2 + 2as.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Any two of: greater speed / driver tiredness / alcohol or drugs / distractions (e.g. a phone)✓ 2
Part (b)
distance = speed × time = 15 × 0.80✓ 1
= 12 m✓ 1
Part (c)
0 = 152 − 2 × 2.5 × s, so braking distance s = 225 ÷ 5.0✓ 1
braking distance = 45 m✓ 1
stopping distance = 12 + 45 = 57 m✓ 1

Common error: Stopping distance = thinking distance + braking distance. Giving only the braking distance from the equation loses the final mark.

123IGPE-050-00-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A nutcracker consists of two arms hinged at one end. A person squeezes the arms with a force of 15 N, applied 14 cm from the hinge. The nut is held 3.5 cm from the hinge. All forces act at right angles to the arms, and the arm is in equilibrium.

hinge15 N?3.5 cm14 cm
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the relationship between the moment of a force, the force and the perpendicular distance from the pivot.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the moment of the 15 N force about the hinge. Give your answer in N m.

(2)
(c)

Use the principle of moments to calculate the force exerted on the nut by the arm.

(2)
(d)

Explain why squeezing the arms closer to the hinge makes it harder to crack the nut.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
moment = force × perpendicular distance from the pivot✓ 1
Part (b)
moment = 15 × 0.14✓ 1
= 2.1 N m✓ 1
Part (c)
F × 0.035 = 2.1, or F × 3.5 = 15 × 14✓ 1
F = 60 N✓ 1
Part (d)
Smaller perpendicular distance gives a smaller moment for the same squeezing force, so the force on the nut is smaller (or a larger squeezing force is needed to crack it)✓ 1

Common error: A moment calculated in N cm is not the same number as one in N m. Convert 14 cm to 0.14 m when the answer is asked for in N m.

124IGPE3-1-14r5-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A horizontal beam in an architect's model is pivoted at its centre. A downward force of 300 N acts 1.5 m to the left of the pivot. A downward force F acts 2.5 m to the right of the pivot. The beam is balanced. What is F?

pivot300 NF1.5 m2.5 m
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Correct: balance needs 300 × 1.5 = F × 2.5, so F = 180 N. 300 N assumes equal forces balance regardless of distance. 500 N inverts the ratio of distances. 450 N is the left moment without dividing by 2.5.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Exam tip: Moments balance when clockwise moment equals anticlockwise moment, each taken about the same pivot.

125IGPE3-1-14r5-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

In a warehouse, a 200 kg cart moving at 1.5 m/s collides with a stationary 100 kg cart. The carts couple together and move off. What is their speed immediately afterwards?

200 kg1.5 m/s100 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Correct: momentum is conserved, 200 × 1.5 = 300 kg m/s = (300 kg) × v, so v = 1.0 m/s. 1.5 m/s forgets the extra mass. 3.0 m/s divides by only the stationary cart's mass. 0.75 m/s averages 1.5 and 0.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: After a coupling collision, divide the total momentum by the combined mass.

126IGPE3-1-14r5-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A student plans to find how acceleration depends on the mass of a trolley when the pulling force is constant.

(a)

Describe a method the student could use. Include how the acceleration is measured and how the force is kept constant.

(6)
(b)

With mass 0.30 kg the trolley accelerates at 2.0 m/s2. Calculate the acceleration when the total mass is 0.80 kg and the force is unchanged.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
trolley pulled along a level (friction-compensated) track by a string over a pulley with a hanging weight✓ 1
the hanging weight (pulling force) kept the same for every run✓ 1
masses added to the trolley to change the total mass, with the hanging weight unchanged✓ 1
two light gates (or a ticker timer / video) measure speeds or times along the track✓ 1
acceleration calculated from change in speed ÷ time between the gates✓ 1
repeat each mass and take a mean, then compare acceleration for different masses✓ 1
Part (b)
F = 0.30 × 2.0 = 0.60 N✓ 1
a = 0.60 ÷ 0.80 = 0.75 m/s2✓ 1

Common error: Hanging masses taken from the trolley and put on the hanger keep the total mass constant, which is a different investigation.

127IGPE3-1-14r5-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

In a distribution centre a parcel of mass 4.0 kg lands on the floor at 5.0 m/s and stops without bouncing. On a hard floor the parcel stops in 0.020 s. On a foam mat it stops in 0.10 s.

(a)

Calculate the change in momentum of the parcel.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average force on the parcel from the hard floor.

(2)
(c)

Explain why the foam mat reduces the chance of damage to the parcel.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum before = 4.0 × 5.0✓ 1
20 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
force = change in momentum ÷ time (20 ÷ 0.020)✓ 1
1000 N✓ 1
Part (c)
the change in momentum is the same on both surfaces✓ 1
the time to stop is longer on foam✓ 1
force = change in momentum ÷ time, so the force on the parcel is smaller✓ 1

Exam tip: Explanations about cushioning should link longer stopping time to smaller force for the same change in momentum.

128IGPE3-1-15r8-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A pool hoist has a horizontal arm that is pivoted at P. A chair carrying a swimmer, total weight 600 N, hangs 2.0 m to the left of P. A counterweight hangs 0.50 m to the right of P and the arm is balanced. Ignore the weight of the arm. What is the weight of the counterweight?

Pchair and swimmer 600 Ncounterweight ?2.0 m0.50 m
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Balanced, so clockwise moment = anticlockwise moment: 600 × 2.0 = W × 0.50, giving W = 2400 N. 150 N comes from inverting the ratio (600 × 0.50 / 2.0). 600 N assumes equal forces balance whatever the distances. 480 N uses the total distance 2.5 m instead of 0.50 m.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: The smaller the distance from the pivot, the larger the force needed to give the same moment.

129IGPE3-1-15r8-031(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A maintenance drone climbs beside a wind turbine tower. Its speed increases uniformly from 0 to 1.6 m/s in 8.0 s. It then climbs at a constant 1.6 m/s for a further 12 s. What is its average speed over the whole 20 s?

082001.6time / sspeed / m/s
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Distance = area under the speed–time graph = ½ × 8.0 × 1.6 + 12 × 1.6 = 6.4 + 19.2 = 25.6 m. Average speed = 25.6/20 = 1.28 m/s. 0.80 m/s is the average over the first 8.0 s only. 1.20 m/s averages the two stage averages (0.80 and 1.60) as if they lasted equally long. 1.60 m/s is the maximum speed.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Average speed is total distance divided by total time. Do not average the averages of stages that last different times.

130IGPE3-1-15r8-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

The jib of a tower crane is a horizontal beam pivoted at the top of the tower. A concrete counterweight of weight 30 000 N hangs 8.0 m from the tower on one side. A load hangs from a trolley on the other side. Ignore the weight of the jib.

30 000 Nload ?8.0 m12 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the principle of moments.

(2)
(b)

The load hangs 12 m from the tower and the jib is exactly balanced. Calculate the weight of the load.

(3)
(c)

The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg. Calculate the mass of the load.

(1)
(d)

The trolley is moved so that the same load now hangs 15 m from the tower. Explain what happens to the jib.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
When an object is in equilibrium (balanced)✓ 1
the sum of the clockwise moments about a point equals the sum of the anticlockwise moments about the same point✓ 1
Part (b)
moment of counterweight = 30 000 × 8.0 = 240 000 N m✓ 1
240 000 = W × 12✓ 1
W = 20 000 N✓ 1
Part (c)
mass = 20 000 / 10 = 2000 kg (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
moment of the load is 20 000 × 15 = 300 000 N m, which is greater than the counterweight moment of 240 000 N m✓ 1
so the jib turns (tips) down on the load side✓ 1

Common error: Moments must be taken about the same pivot, and the distance is the perpendicular distance from the pivot to the line of the force.

131IGPE3-1-15r8-071(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A student investigates how the mass of a trolley affects its acceleration. Each time, the resultant force on the trolley is 1.2 N. The results are shown.
Mass of trolley / kg: 0.60, 1.20, 2.40, 3.00
Acceleration / m/s2: 2.00, 1.00, 0.50, 0.40

(a)

State one variable that the student must keep constant during the investigation.

(1)
(b)

Describe the relationship between the mass of the trolley and its acceleration shown by the results.

(2)
(c)

Use the equation F = ma to predict the acceleration of a 4.0 kg trolley acted on by the same resultant force.

(2)
(d)

Describe how the student could use two light gates and a data logger to measure the acceleration of the trolley.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the resultant force on the trolley✓ 1
Part (b)
as the mass increases the acceleration decreases✓ 1
the acceleration is inversely proportional to the mass (the product of mass and acceleration is constant at 1.2)✓ 1
Part (c)
a = F / m✓ 1
1.2 / 4.0 = 0.30 m/s2✓ 1
Part (d)
The data logger records the speed of the trolley at each light gate✓ 1
and the time taken to travel between the gates✓ 1
acceleration = (final speed − initial speed) / time taken✓ 1

Exam tip: In a practical about two variables, name the one you change, the one you measure and the ones you keep the same.

132IGPE3-1-15r8-081(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A swimmer swims one length of a 50 m pool. Her speed increases uniformly from rest to 2.0 m/s in 5.0 s, stays constant at 2.0 m/s for 20 s, and then decreases uniformly to rest in 5.0 s as she reaches the wall.

05253002time / sspeed / m/s
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
(a)

Calculate her acceleration during the first 5.0 s.

(2)
(b)

Show that the distance she swims is 50 m.

(3)
(c)

Calculate her average speed for the whole length. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(2)
(d)

Explain why her average speed is less than 2.0 m/s.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
acceleration = change in speed / time✓ 1
2.0 / 5.0 = 0.40 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
distance = area under the speed–time graph✓ 1
first stage ½ × 2.0 × 5.0 = 5.0 m and last stage 5.0 m✓ 1
constant stage 2.0 × 20 = 40 m, so total 5.0 + 40 + 5.0 = 50 m✓ 1
Part (c)
average speed = total distance / total time✓ 1
total time = 30 s, so 50 / 30 = 1.67 m/s✓ 1
Part (d)
She spends part of the time speeding up and slowing down, when her speed is below 2.0 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: For a speed–time graph made of straight lines, split the area into triangles and rectangles.

133IGPE3-1-15r8-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A van drives along an icy mountain road to a wind farm at 20 m/s. The driver's reaction time is 0.60 s. When the brakes are applied the van decelerates uniformly at 5.0 m/s2.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

Use the equation v2 = u2 + 2as to calculate the braking distance.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the total stopping distance.

(1)
(d)

Explain why the braking distance is longer on an icy road than on a dry road.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
distance = speed × time✓ 1
20 × 0.60 = 12 m✓ 1
Part (b)
0 = 202 + 2 × (−5.0) × s✓ 1
10 s = 400✓ 1
s = 40 m✓ 1
Part (c)
12 + 40 = 52 m (ECF from (a) and (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
There is less friction between the tyres and the road, so the braking force (deceleration) is smaller✓ 1
so a greater distance is needed to stop from the same speed✓ 1

Common error: Thinking distance depends on reaction time; braking distance depends on speed and the braking force. Icy roads change only the second.

134IGPE3-1-15r14-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A spring is loaded with forces of 1.0 N, 2.0 N, 3.0 N, 4.0 N and 5.0 N. The extensions are 2.0 cm, 4.0 cm, 6.0 cm, 8.0 cm and 11.0 cm. The 5.0 N point is beyond the limit of proportionality. What is the spring constant of the spring?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Use a point in the proportional region: k = F/x = 1.0 N / 0.020 m = 50 N/m. B uses the extension in cm, giving N/cm, and labels it N/m. C uses the 5.0 N point, which is beyond the limit of proportionality. D inverts the ratio (x/F).✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Exam tip: Convert extension to metres before using F = kx if the spring constant is needed in N/m.

135IGPE3-1-15r14-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A skydiver of mass 80 kg has been falling at terminal velocity. She then opens her parachute. At the instant the parachute opens, the air resistance on her is 2400 N. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

State the size of the air resistance on the skydiver just before the parachute opens.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the deceleration of the skydiver at the instant the parachute opens.

(2)
(c)

Describe and explain how her speed changes after this instant until she reaches a new steady speed.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
800 N (equal to her weight)✓ 1
Part (b)
resultant force = 2400 − 800 = 1600 N✓ 1
a = F ÷ m = 1600 ÷ 80 = 20 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
Her speed decreases✓ 1
As she slows down, the air resistance decreases✓ 1
Until air resistance equals her weight, the resultant force is zero and she falls at a new, lower, constant (terminal) speed✓ 1

Common error: The air resistance at the instant the parachute opens is larger than the weight, so the resultant force is upwards even though she is still moving downwards.

136IGPE3-1-15r14-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium5 marks

A student tests a spring from a farm feed dispenser. The unstretched length of the spring is 20.0 cm. Different forces are applied and the length is measured.
Force (N): 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0
Length of spring (cm): 22.5, 25.0, 27.5, 30.0, 34.0

(a)

Calculate the extension of the spring when the force is 6.0 N.

(1)
(b)

State between which two forces the limit of proportionality lies and give a reason for your answer.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the spring constant of the spring, in N/m. Use data from the region where the spring obeys Hooke's law.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
27.5 − 20.0 = 7.5 cm✓ 1
Part (b)
Between 8.0 N and 10.0 N✓ 1
Extension is proportional to force up to 8.0 N (10.0 cm), but at 10.0 N the extension is 14.0 cm, more than the 12.5 cm expected✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 k = F ÷ x with extension in metres, e.g. 4.0 ÷ 0.050 (any point from 2.0 N to 8.0 N)✓ 1
A1 k = 80 N/m✓ 1

Exam tip: Use a point from the straight-line region of the data when finding the spring constant, and convert cm to m first.

137IGPE3-1-15r14-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A hailstone of mass 4.0 g falls from a cloud above an orchard. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

The hailstone falls at terminal velocity. Calculate the air resistance on it.

(2)
(b)

At one moment during its fall the air resistance on the hailstone is 0.028 N. Calculate its acceleration at that moment.

(2)
(c)

A larger hailstone has a greater terminal velocity than a smaller one. Explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
weight = mg = 0.0040 × 10 = 0.040 N✓ 1
at terminal velocity air resistance equals weight, 0.040 N✓ 1
Part (b)
resultant force = 0.040 − 0.028 = 0.012 N✓ 1
a = F ÷ m = 0.012 ÷ 0.0040 = 3.0 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
The larger hailstone has a greater weight, so a greater air resistance is needed to balance it✓ 1
Air resistance increases with speed, so a higher speed is needed before the forces balance✓ 1

Common error: Convert grams to kilograms before using weight = mass × g or F = ma.

138IGPE3-1-15r14-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A student hangs a crate of fruit from a spring and investigates how the extension depends on the force. The force–extension graph for the spring is a straight line through the origin up to a force of 3.2 N. The point (0.050 m, 2.0 N) lies on this line. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Describe the shape of the force–extension graph from zero force to a force greater than 3.2 N.

(2)
(b)

State how the spring constant is found from the straight part of the graph.

(1)
(c)

The crate produces an extension of 0.070 m. Calculate the mass of the crate.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
A straight line through the origin up to 3.2 N✓ 1
Beyond 3.2 N the line curves, so extension increases more for each extra newton (the gradient decreases)✓ 1
Part (b)
Gradient of the straight-line section (force ÷ extension)✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 k = 2.0 ÷ 0.050 = 40 N/m✓ 1
M1 F = kx = 40 × 0.070 = 2.8 N✓ 1
A1 mass = 2.8 ÷ 10 = 0.28 kg✓ 1

Exam tip: If a question gives one point on the straight section, use it to find the gradient, then check the force is below the limit of proportionality.

139IGPE3-1-15r16-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A gymnast lands on a thick crash mat and comes to rest. Which statement best explains why the mat reduces the risk of injury compared with landing on a hard floor?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The gymnast's momentum change is the same on either surface (from her landing momentum to zero). The mat makes the stopping time longer, so force = change in momentum / time is smaller, which is B. A is wrong because the momentum before landing is set by her fall, not the mat. C is wrong because the change in momentum is unchanged. D reverses the effect of the mat on the time.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: The mat does not change the momentum change; it changes how long the change takes.

140IGPE3-1-15r16-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A student hangs weights from a rubber band whose unstretched length is 10.0 cm and measures its length each time.
Force / N: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0
Length / cm: 12.0, 14.0, 16.0, 19.0, 24.0

(a)

Calculate the extension of the band when the force is 4.0 N.

(1)
(b)

The student says the band obeys Hooke's law for forces up to 3.0 N. Use the data to justify this.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the spring constant of the band, in N/m, using the 3.0 N reading.

(3)
(d)

State one way to reduce the error in reading the length of the band.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
9.0 cm✓ 1
Part (b)
extensions of 2.0, 4.0 and 6.0 cm for 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0 N✓ 1
extension is proportional to force (the ratio extension / force is constant at 2.0 cm per N)✓ 1
Part (c)
convert 6.0 cm to 0.060 m✓ 1
M1 k = F / x✓ 1
A1 50 N/m✓ 1
Part (d)
any one of: view the ruler at eye level; use a set square or pointer against the scale; use a fixed vertical ruler✓ 1

Common error: Use the extension (length minus unstretched length), not the length itself, when testing proportionality.

141IGPE3-1-15r16-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A swimmer pushes off from the end wall of a 25 m pool at a speed of 3.0 m/s. She glides and slows uniformly to 1.0 m/s in 5.0 s, then swims the rest of the length at a constant 1.0 m/s.

(a)

Calculate her deceleration during the glide.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance she travels during the glide.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the time she takes to swim the rest of the length.

(2)
(d)

Calculate her average speed for the whole length.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 acceleration = change in speed / time (2.0 / 5.0)✓ 1
A1 0.40 m/s² (accept −0.40 m/s²)✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 distance = average speed × time = 2.0 × 5.0✓ 1
A1 10 m✓ 1
Part (c)
remaining distance = 25 − 10 = 15 m (ECF from (b))✓ 1
time = 15 / 1.0 = 15 s✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 average speed = total distance / total time (25 / 20)✓ 1
A1 1.25 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: Average speed over several stages is total distance divided by total time, never the mean of the speeds.

142IGPE3-1-15r16-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A service vehicle of mass 1200 kg accelerates uniformly from rest along a wind farm track at 1.25 m/s². A resistive force of 600 N acts against its motion.

(a)

Calculate the resultant force on the vehicle.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the driving force provided by the engine.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the speed of the vehicle 8.0 s after starting from rest.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 F = ma (1200 × 1.25)✓ 1
A1 1500 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 driving force = resultant force + resistive force✓ 1
A1 2100 N✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 v = at (or v = u + at)✓ 1
A1 10 m/s✓ 1

Common error: The driving force is not the resultant force: the resistive force must be added back on.

143IGPE3-1-15r16-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A spring-loaded stopper on a library trolley has a spring constant of 300 N/m.

(a)

State what is meant by the limit of proportionality of a spring.

(1)
(b)

The spring is stretched by a force of 18 N, within its limit of proportionality. Calculate the extension in cm.

(3)
(c)

A second spring has a spring constant of 450 N/m. Calculate the force needed to give it the same extension as the first spring.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the point beyond which the extension is no longer proportional to the force applied (Hooke's law no longer obeyed)✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 extension = F / k (18 / 300)✓ 1
A1 0.060 m✓ 1
A1 6.0 cm✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 F = kx = 450 × 0.060 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
A1 27 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Convert extensions to metres before using F = kx with a spring constant in N/m.

144IGPE3-1-15r16-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A van travels at 20 m/s along the access road to a wind farm. The driver's normal reaction time is 0.70 s, and the van's braking distance at this speed is 38 m.

(a)

State what is meant by thinking distance.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the thinking distance at 20 m/s.

(2)
(c)

The driver is tired and her reaction time increases to 1.1 s. The speed and the braking distance are unchanged. Calculate the new stopping distance.

(3)
(d)

State two factors, other than tiredness, that would increase the stopping distance.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the distance travelled between the driver seeing a hazard and applying the brakes (during the reaction time)✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 distance = speed × time (20 × 0.70)✓ 1
A1 14 m✓ 1
Part (c)
thinking distance = 20 × 1.1 = 22 m✓ 1
stopping distance = thinking distance + braking distance✓ 1
60 m✓ 1
Part (d)
any one valid factor, e.g. wet or icy road, worn tyres, worn brakes, greater mass of vehicle, higher speed✓ 1
any second different valid factor✓ 1

Exam tip: Stopping distance = thinking distance + braking distance; tiredness changes only the first of these.

145IGPE3-1-15r17-031(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A drone moves along a straight line. Its distance–time graph has three straight sections. In the first 8.0 s the distance from the start rises from 0 to 36 m. From 8.0 s to 20 s the distance stays at 36 m. From 20 s to 30 s the distance falls steadily from 36 m back to 0 m. What is the speed of the drone in the final section?

082030036time / sdistance from start / m
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Speed is the gradient magnitude: 36 m ÷ 10 s = 3.6 m/s, which is C. A is the speed in the middle section (a horizontal line), not the final one. B is 36 ÷ 30, using the whole journey time. D is 36 ÷ 8.0, the speed in the first section.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: Read the time interval of the section you need from the graph and divide the change in distance by that interval only.

146IGPE3-1-15r17-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A skydiver of mass 80 kg jumps from an aircraft. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of the skydiver.

(2)
(b)

Describe how the forces on the skydiver cause the speed to change until terminal velocity is reached.

(3)
(c)

At one moment during the fall the air resistance is 560 N. Calculate the acceleration of the skydiver at this moment.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
weight = mass × g = 80 × 10✓ 1
weight = 800 N✓ 1
Part (b)
as speed increases the air resistance (drag) increases✓ 1
so the resultant force (and acceleration) decreases✓ 1
at terminal velocity air resistance equals weight, the resultant force is zero and the speed is constant✓ 1
Part (c)
resultant force = 800 − 560 = 240 N✓ 1
a = F ÷ m = 240 ÷ 80✓ 1
a = 3.0 m/s²✓ 1

Common error: Use the resultant force, not the weight, when calculating acceleration with F = ma.

147IGPE3-1-15r17-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A farmer pushes a loaded wheelbarrow of total mass 60 kg along a flat path with a constant horizontal force of 150 N. The wheelbarrow speeds up. The horizontal resistive force on it is 90 N.

(a)

State two effects that a force can have on an object.

(2)
(b)

Name the type of force that mainly opposes the motion of the wheelbarrow along the path.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the resultant force on the wheelbarrow.

(1)
(d)

Calculate the acceleration of the wheelbarrow.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
changes its speed / starts or stops its motion✓ 1
changes its direction of motion or its shape (accept any two different valid effects)✓ 1
Part (b)
friction (accept rolling resistance)✓ 1
Part (c)
150 − 90 = 60 N✓ 1
Part (d)
a = F ÷ m = 60 ÷ 60✓ 1
a = 1.0 m/s² (ECF from (c))✓ 1

Exam tip: Subtract opposing forces along the same line to find the resultant before using F = ma.

148IGPE3-1-15r17-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A marching band walks along a straight parade route. It walks at a constant speed of 1.5 m/s for 360 s, stops for 90 s, then walks at a constant speed of 2.0 m/s for 150 s.

(a)

Calculate the distance the band walks in the first 360 s.

(2)
(b)

State the speed of the band between 360 s and 450 s, and describe how this part would look on a distance–time graph.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average speed of the band over the whole 600 s.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
distance = speed × time = 1.5 × 360✓ 1
distance = 540 m✓ 1
Part (b)
speed = 0 m/s✓ 1
a horizontal (flat) line✓ 1
Part (c)
distance in last section = 2.0 × 150 = 300 m, so total distance = 540 + 300 = 840 m✓ 1
total time = 360 + 90 + 150 = 600 s✓ 1
average speed = 840 ÷ 600 = 1.4 m/s✓ 1

Common error: Average speed is not the mean of the section speeds; divide the total distance by the total time.

149IGPE3-1-15r17-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium9 marks

A hailstone of mass 2.0 g falls through the air above a field of crops. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of the hailstone.

(2)
(b)

The hailstone reaches terminal velocity. State the size of the air resistance on it and give a reason for your answer.

(2)
(c)

Earlier in the fall, the speed is 8 m/s and the air resistance is 0.012 N. Calculate the acceleration of the hailstone at this speed.

(3)
(d)

A larger hailstone of the same shape and mass 8.0 g has a higher terminal velocity. Explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
mass = 0.0020 kg✓ 1
weight = 0.0020 × 10 = 0.020 N✓ 1
Part (b)
0.020 N (accept equal to the weight)✓ 1
the forces are balanced / the resultant force is zero so the speed is constant✓ 1
Part (c)
resultant force = 0.020 − 0.012 = 0.008 N✓ 1
a = F ÷ m = 0.008 ÷ 0.0020✓ 1
a = 4.0 m/s²✓ 1
Part (d)
the larger hailstone has a greater weight, so a greater air resistance is needed to balance it✓ 1
air resistance increases with speed, so it must fall faster before the forces balance✓ 1

Common error: Convert grams to kilograms before using weight = mass × g or F = ma.

150IGPE3-1-15r25-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A helical spring has a natural length of 20 cm and obeys Hooke's law. A load of 4.0 N makes it 6.0 cm longer. What is the length of the spring with a load of 10 N, assuming the limit of proportionality is not exceeded?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Extension is proportional to force, so the extension for 10 N is 6.0 × 10/4.0 = 15 cm. The length is the natural length plus the extension: 20 + 15 = 35 cm. 15 cm is the extension only and leaves out the natural length. 26 cm adds the extension for 4.0 N, not 10 N. 50 cm wrongly scales the whole length by 10/4.0.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Exam tip: Hooke's law links force to extension, not to total length, so always subtract or add the natural length.

151IGPE3-1-15r25-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A swimmer of mass 45 kg stands at rest on a floating raft of mass 30 kg in still water. She dives horizontally off the raft at 2.0 m/s. Ignoring water resistance, what is the velocity of the raft immediately afterwards?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Total momentum is zero before and must be zero after. The swimmer has momentum 45 × 2.0 = 90 kg m/s forwards, so the raft has 90 kg m/s backwards: v = 90 / 30 = 3.0 m/s in the opposite direction. 2.0 m/s ignores the different masses. The same direction would give a total momentum that is not zero. 1.2 m/s divides by the combined mass of 75 kg, which is wrong because the raft alone moves backwards.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Momentum is a vector, so the two bodies moving apart must have momenta of opposite sign that add to zero.

152IGPE3-1-15r25-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A student hangs different loads from a spring and records its length. The original length of the spring is 12.0 cm.

Load / N01.02.03.04.05.06.0
Length / cm12.014.016.018.020.022.026.0

(a)

Calculate the extension of the spring when the load is 4.0 N.

(1)
(b)

State the evidence from the data that the limit of proportionality has been exceeded by the time the load reaches 6.0 N.

(2)
(c)

Use the data for a load of 5.0 N to calculate the spring constant of the spring in N/m.

(2)
(d)

A load of 3.5 N is hung on the spring. Calculate the length of the spring.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
20.0 − 12.0 = 8.0 cm✓ 1
Part (b)
up to 5.0 N the extension increases by 2.0 cm for each 1.0 N✓ 1
from 5.0 N to 6.0 N it increases by 4.0 cm, more than 2.0 cm, so extension is no longer proportional to load✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 F = kx with extension converted to metres: 5.0 = k × 0.100✓ 1
A1 k = 50 N/m✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 extension = 3.5 / 50 = 0.070 m = 7.0 cm✓ 1
A1 length = 12.0 + 7.0 = 19.0 cm (ECF from (c))✓ 1

Exam tip: Convert centimetres to metres before using F = kx with a spring constant in N/m.

153IGPE3-1-15r25-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A van carrying equipment to a wind farm is travelling at 20 m/s along a straight road. The driver sees a hazard, and after a reaction time of 0.65 s applies the brakes. The braking distance of the van is 40 m.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the total stopping distance.

(1)
(c)

State two factors that could increase the thinking distance.

(2)
(d)

Explain why the braking distance of the van is greater on a wet road.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 distance = speed × time = 20 × 0.65✓ 1
A1 13 m✓ 1
Part (b)
13 + 40 = 53 m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
one valid factor, e.g. tiredness / alcohol or drugs / distraction✓ 1
a second different valid factor, e.g. higher speed of the van✓ 1
Part (d)
less friction between the tyres and road, so the maximum braking force is smaller✓ 1
so the deceleration is smaller and the van takes longer to stop / travels further✓ 1

Exam tip: Stopping distance is thinking distance plus braking distance, and only the first depends on reaction time.

154IGPE3-1-15r26-021(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A railway wagon of mass 12 000 kg moving at 2.0 m/s collides with a stationary wagon of mass 8000 kg. The wagons couple together and move off as one. What is their speed immediately after the collision?

12 000 kg2.0 m/s8000 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Momentum is conserved: 12 000 × 2.0 = (12 000 + 8000) × v, so v = 24 000 ÷ 20 000 = 1.2 m/s. 2.0 m/s is wrong because it ignores the extra mass that must now be moved. 1.0 m/s is wrong because it takes the mean of the two speeds, 2.0 and 0. 0.80 m/s is wrong because it uses the momentum of the lighter wagon only in the calculation (8000 × 2.0 ÷ 20 000).✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: After coupling, use the total mass of both wagons when dividing the total momentum to find the common speed.

155IGPE3-1-15r26-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

The load on the jib of a tower crane is moved along the jib towards the tower. The load is not lifted or lowered. Which statement is correct?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The moment of a force about a pivot is force × perpendicular distance from the pivot. The weight of the load is unchanged but the distance to the tower is smaller, so the moment decreases. The first option is wrong because moving the load sideways does not change its weight. The second is wrong because the moment depends on distance as well as force. The fourth is wrong because the length of the jib is not what matters; the distance of the load from the pivot is.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: Moment = force × perpendicular distance from the pivot; change either factor and the moment changes.

156IGPE3-1-15r26-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A footballer kicks a stationary ball of mass 0.45 kg. The ball leaves the boot at 20 m/s and the boot is in contact with the ball for 0.015 s. Assume the force is constant while they are in contact.

(a)

Calculate the change in momentum of the ball.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average force exerted on the ball by the boot.

(2)
(c)

A softer boot increases the contact time to 0.025 s, but the ball again leaves at 20 m/s. Calculate the new average force on the ball.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
change in momentum = mass × change in velocity = 0.45 × 20✓ 1
9.0 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
force = change in momentum ÷ time taken = 9.0 ÷ 0.015✓ 1
600 N✓ 1
Part (c)
force = 9.0 ÷ 0.025✓ 1
360 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Use F = Δp ÷ Δt: for the same change in momentum, a longer contact time means a smaller average force.

157IGPE3-1-15r26-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A sports scientist throws a ball vertically downwards from a platform 20 m above the ground. The ball hits the ground at 25 m/s. Ignore air resistance and take the acceleration of free fall as 10 m/s2.

(a)

Calculate the speed at which the ball was thrown.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the time the ball takes to reach the ground.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average speed of the ball during its fall.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
substitution into v2 = u2 + 2as: 252 = u2 + 2 × 10 × 20✓ 1
u2 = 625 − 400 = 225✓ 1
u = 15 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
use of t = (v − u) ÷ a, or equivalent✓ 1
t = (25 − 15) ÷ 10 = 1.0 s✓ 1
Part (c)
average speed = distance ÷ time = 20 ÷ 1.0 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
20 m/s✓ 1

Common error: In v² = u² + 2as, square the speeds before subtracting; do not take 25 − 20 − 15 or square the difference.

158IGPE3-1-15r26-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A tower crane has a horizontal jib. A counterweight of weight 45 kN is fixed 8.0 m from the tower on one side. A load hangs from a trolley on the other side of the tower. Ignore the weight of the jib.

45 kN15 kN8.0 m?
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the moment of the counterweight about the tower.

(2)
(b)

The crane lifts a load of weight 15 kN. Calculate the greatest distance of this load from the tower for which the crane does not tip.

(2)
(c)

The jib extends 30 m from the tower. Explain why the 15 kN load must not be carried to the end of the jib.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
moment = force × perpendicular distance from the pivot = 45 × 8.0✓ 1
360 kN m✓ 1
Part (b)
for balance, moment of load = moment of counterweight: 15 × d = 360 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
d = 24 m✓ 1
Part (c)
moment of the load there = 15 × 30 = 450 kN m, which is greater than 360 kN m✓ 1
so there is a resultant moment towards the load and the crane would tip forwards✓ 1

Exam tip: For a balanced object, total clockwise moment = total anticlockwise moment about the same pivot.

159IGPE3-1-16r30-071(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A coach times a sprinter during a training run. The sprinter accelerates uniformly from rest to 10.0 m/s in 2.5 s, then runs at a constant 10.0 m/s for a further 7.5 s.

02.510010time / sspeed / m/s
Graph is drawn from the data in the question
(a)

Calculate the acceleration of the sprinter during the first 2.5 s.

(2)
(b)

Use the area under a velocity–time graph to calculate the total distance run in the 10.0 s.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the average speed of the sprinter over the 10.0 s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 acceleration = change in speed ÷ time = 10.0 ÷ 2.5✓ 1
A1 4.0 m/s²✓ 1
Part (b)
distance while accelerating = ½ × 10.0 × 2.5 = 12.5 m✓ 1
distance at constant speed = 10.0 × 7.5 = 75 m✓ 1
total distance = 87.5 m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 average speed = 87.5 ÷ 10.0✓ 1
A1 8.75 m/s (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Exam tip: Average speed is total distance divided by total time, not the mean of the highest and lowest speeds.

160IGPE3-1-16r30-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A beekeeper knocks a hive tool off a platform. The tool falls freely from rest and hits the ground after 0.60 s. Ignore air resistance and use g = 10 m/s².

(a)

Calculate the speed of the tool just before it lands.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the height of the platform.

(3)
(c)

State one reason why the real tool would hit the ground slightly more slowly.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 v = u + at = 0 + 10 × 0.60✓ 1
A1 6.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 average speed = (0 + 6.0) ÷ 2 = 3.0 m/s✓ 1
M1 height = average speed × time = 3.0 × 0.60✓ 1
A1 1.8 m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
air resistance acts upwards on the tool✓ 1

Common error: Free fall from rest has a constant acceleration of 10 m/s², so the average speed is half the final speed.

161IGPE3-1-16r30-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A forager bee flies 1200 m from its hive to a field of clover with a following wind at 8.0 m/s. It returns along the same path against the wind at 4.0 m/s.

(a)

Calculate the time taken for the outward journey.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the return journey.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the average speed of the bee for the whole round trip. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 time = distance ÷ speed = 1200 ÷ 8.0✓ 1
A1 150 s✓ 1
Part (b)
1200 ÷ 4.0 = 300 s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 total distance = 2400 m✓ 1
M1 total time = 150 + 300 = 450 s✓ 1
A1 2400 ÷ 450 = 5.33 m/s (ECF from (a) and (b))✓ 1

Common error: The average speed for a round trip is not the mean of the two speeds, which would give 6.0 m/s here.

162IGPE3-1-16r30-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A sprinter's speed is measured every second at the start of a race.
Time = 0 s: speed 0 m/s
Time = 1 s: speed 5.0 m/s
Time = 2 s: speed 8.0 m/s
Time = 3 s: speed 9.5 m/s
Time = 4 s: speed 10.0 m/s
Time = 5 s: speed 10.0 m/s

(a)

Describe how the sprinter's speed changes between 0 and 5 s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average acceleration during the first 2.0 s.

(2)
(c)

The sprinter has a mass of 70 kg. Calculate the average resultant force on the sprinter during the first 2.0 s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the speed increases, but the increase in each second gets smaller (the acceleration decreases)✓ 1
after about 4 s the speed is constant at 10.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 acceleration = change in speed ÷ time = 8.0 ÷ 2.0✓ 1
A1 4.0 m/s²✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 F = ma = 70 × 4.0✓ 1
A1 280 N (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Exam tip: On a velocity–time graph the gradient is the acceleration, so a curve that flattens means the acceleration is falling.

163IGPE3-1-15r32-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A car travelling at 12 m/s on a dry road has a thinking distance of 9 m and a braking distance of 14 m. The driver has the same reaction time and the same braking force, and the road is unchanged. The car now travels at 24 m/s. What is the total stopping distance?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Thinking distance is proportional to speed, so it doubles to 18 m. Braking distance is proportional to speed squared, so it becomes 4 × 14 = 56 m. The total is 18 + 56 = 74 m. 46 m doubles the whole 23 m stopping distance. 32 m doubles only the thinking distance but leaves the braking distance unchanged. 92 m multiplies the whole stopping distance by 4.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Exam tip: Treat thinking distance and braking distance separately: one scales with speed, the other with speed squared.

164IGPE3-1-15r32-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A water balloon is dropped from rest from a hospital window 45 m above the ground. Ignore air resistance. Use g = 10 m/s2. What is the speed of the balloon just before it hits the ground?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Using v² = u² + 2as with u = 0: v² = 2 × 10 × 45 = 900, so v = 30 m/s. 900 m/s forgets to take the square root. 450 m/s multiplies g by the height (v = gs). 21 m/s uses v = √(gs), leaving out the factor of 2.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: v² = 2as gives v squared; remember to take the square root as the last step.

165IGPE3-1-15r32-091(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A beekeeper records the position of a bee as it leaves the hive and flies in a straight line. Assume the bee moves at a steady speed between readings.
Time / s: 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50
Distance from hive / m: 0, 25, 50, 50, 50, 110

(a)

Describe the motion of the bee between 20 s and 40 s.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the bee during the first 20 s.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average speed of the bee for the whole 50 s.

(2)
(d)

A second bee flies away from the hive at a constant speed of 2.4 m/s for the same 50 s. Calculate how much further than the first bee the second bee travels.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the bee is stationary / at rest✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 speed = distance ÷ time = 50 ÷ 20✓ 1
A1 2.5 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 average speed = total distance ÷ total time = 110 ÷ 50✓ 1
A1 2.2 m/s✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 distance = 2.4 × 50 = 120 m✓ 1
A1 10 m✓ 1

Common error: Average speed uses the total time, including any time spent stationary.

166IGPE3-1-15r32-111(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A Formula 1 circuit has a lap length of 5.4 km. A driver completes a lap in 1 minute 30 seconds at a steady average speed.

(a)

Write the lap length in metres and the lap time in seconds.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average speed in m/s.

(2)
(c)

Convert this speed to km/h.

(2)
(d)

A race lasts 56 laps, each taking 90 s. Calculate the race time in minutes.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
5400 m✓ 1
90 s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 speed = distance ÷ time = 5400 ÷ 90✓ 1
A1 60 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 × 3600 ÷ 1000 (or × 3.6)✓ 1
A1 216 km/h✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 56 × 90 = 5040 s✓ 1
A1 84 minutes✓ 1

Common error: To change m/s to km/h multiply by 3.6; do not multiply by 60 twice without dividing by 1000.

167IGPE3-1-16r33-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A ship sails 30 km due east and then 40 km due north. What is the magnitude of the ship's displacement from its starting point?

30 km due east40 km due north?startN
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The two legs are at right angles, so the displacement magnitude is found by Pythagoras: √(30² + 40²) = 50 km. 70 km is the total distance travelled, found by adding the lengths. 35 km is the mean of the two lengths. 10 km is the difference of the lengths, which would apply only if the legs were in opposite directions.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Exam tip: Displacement is the straight-line distance from start to finish, so it is not usually the total path length.

168IGPE3-1-16r33-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A delivery van travelling at 10 m/s has a thinking distance of 7 m and a braking distance of 12 m. The driver reaction time and the braking force are unchanged. What is the stopping distance at 20 m/s?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
At double the speed, the thinking distance doubles to 14 m because the reaction time is the same. The braking distance increases by a factor of four to 48 m because it depends on speed squared. Stopping distance = 14 + 48 = 62 m. 76 m multiplies the whole stopping distance at 10 m/s by four. 38 m doubles the whole stopping distance. 26 m doubles only the thinking distance and leaves the braking distance unchanged.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: Thinking distance is proportional to speed but braking distance is proportional to speed squared.

169IGPE3-1-16r33-041(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium1 mark

An aircraft accelerates uniformly from rest to a take-off speed of 50 m/s in 25 s. What distance does it travel along the runway?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
With uniform acceleration from rest the average speed is half the final speed, 25 m/s. Distance = average speed × time = 25 × 25 = 625 m. 1250 m uses the final speed instead of the average speed. 50 m comes from multiplying the acceleration of 2.0 m/s² by the time. 25 m comes from using ½at instead of ½at².✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Exam tip: For uniform acceleration from rest, use average speed = ½ × final speed.

170IGPE3-1-16r33-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A cargo aircraft has a mass of 1.2 × 104 kg. During take-off the engines produce a forward force of 36 kN. The average resistive force is 6.0 kN. The aircraft starts from rest and reaches a take-off speed of 60 m/s.

(a)

Calculate the resultant force on the aircraft.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration of the aircraft. Assume it is constant.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the time taken to reach take-off speed.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the length of runway needed.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
36 − 6.0 = 30 kN✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 a = F ÷ m = 30 000 ÷ 12 000 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
A1 2.5 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 t = v ÷ a = 60 ÷ 2.5 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
A1 24 s✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 use of v2 = u2 + 2as, so s = 602 ÷ (2 × 2.5) (ECF from (b))✓ 1
A1 720 m✓ 1

Common error: Use the resultant force, not just the engine force, in F = ma.

171IGPE3-1-16r33-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A delivery van of mass 2400 kg is travelling at 15 m/s when the driver brakes. The van comes to rest in a braking distance of 30 m. Assume the deceleration is uniform.

(a)

Calculate the deceleration of the van.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the braking force.

(2)
(c)

Explain why the braking distance is greater on a wet road.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 use of v2 = u2 + 2as, so a = 152 ÷ (2 × 30)✓ 1
A1 3.75 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 use of F = ma✓ 1
A1 2400 × 3.75 = 9000 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
There is less friction between the tyres and the road so the maximum braking force is smaller✓ 1
so the deceleration is smaller and the van takes a longer distance to stop✓ 1

Exam tip: Link a longer braking distance to a smaller braking force and smaller deceleration.

172IGPE3-1-16r33-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A driver travelling at 18 m/s in a van normally has a reaction time of 0.50 s. When tired the reaction time is 1.00 s. In both cases the braking distance is 27 m.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance when the driver is (i) not tired and (ii) tired.

(2)
(b)

Calculate how much further the van travels during the thinking time when the driver is tired.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the stopping distance when the driver is tired.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the percentage increase in stopping distance caused by tiredness compared with the normal stopping distance.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
(i) 18 × 0.50 = 9.0 m✓ 1
(ii) 18 × 1.00 = 18 m✓ 1
Part (b)
18 − 9.0 = 9.0 m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 stopping distance = thinking distance + braking distance✓ 1
A1 18 + 27 = 45 m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 normal stopping distance = 9.0 + 27 = 36 m and percentage = 9.0 ÷ 36 × 100 (ECF)✓ 1
A1 25%✓ 1

Common error: Percentage increase is the increase divided by the original value, not the new value.

173IGPE3-1-15r34-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

An architect tests a model of a balanced walkway using a light horizontal rod resting on a pivot. A weight of 300 N hangs 2.0 m to the left of the pivot. A weight of 400 N is hung on the right so that the rod balances horizontally. How far from the pivot is the 400 N weight?

pivot300 N400 N2.0 m?
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
For balance the clockwise moment equals the anticlockwise moment: 300 N × 2.0 m = 600 N m, so 400 N × d = 600 N m and d = 1.5 m. The heavier weight must be closer to the pivot. 2.0 m assumes equal distances balance unequal weights. 2.7 m comes from inverting the ratio (2.0 × 400 ÷ 300). 0.75 m comes from dividing 300 by 400 and ignoring the 2.0 m distance.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Exam tip: Moment = force × perpendicular distance from the pivot. Work out one moment first, then use it to find the unknown.

174IGPE3-1-15r34-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A tower crane on a building site is balanced about its vertical tower. A concrete counterweight of weight 36 kN is fixed 5.0 m from the tower on one side. A load hangs from the jib on the other side, 15 m from the tower. The weight of the jib itself can be ignored. Take g = 10 N/kg.

36 kNload ?5.0 m15 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the moment of the counterweight about the tower. Give your answer in kN m.

(2)
(b)

The crane is exactly balanced. State the principle of moments and use it to find the weight of the load.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the mass of the load. Use the weight from (b).

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
moment = force × perpendicular distance = 36 × 5.0✓ 1
180 kN m✓ 1
Part (b)
for a balanced object the sum of clockwise moments equals the sum of anticlockwise moments✓ 1
load × 15 = 180 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
load weight = 12 kN✓ 1
Part (c)
mass = weight ÷ g = 12 000 ÷ 10 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
1200 kg✓ 1

Exam tip: Keep units consistent: if the force is in kN and the distance in m, the moment is in kN m. Convert to N before using W = mg.

175IGPE3-1-15r34-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A marine biologist drops a waterproof camera pod from a cliff ledge into the sea. Ignore air resistance. The pod hits the water at 30 m/s. Take g = 10 m/s2.

(a)

Calculate the height of the ledge above the water.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the time the pod takes to fall. Use the value 30 m/s.

(2)
(c)

Explain why the real time of fall would be slightly longer than your answer to (b).

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
v2 = u2 + 2as with u = 0 (so 302 = 2 × 10 × s)✓ 1
s = 900 ÷ 20✓ 1
45 m✓ 1
Part (b)
t = (v − u) ÷ a = 30 ÷ 10✓ 1
3.0 s✓ 1
Part (c)
air resistance acts upwards on the falling pod✓ 1
so the resultant force (and acceleration) is smaller than for free fall, giving a longer time✓ 1

Exam tip: In free fall near the surface of the Earth every object has the same acceleration of 10 m/s². Air resistance is what makes real falls differ.

176IGPE3-1-15r34-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A lorry driver on a motorway is travelling at 20 m/s when a hazard appears ahead. The driver's reaction time is 0.80 s. After the brakes are applied the lorry decelerates uniformly at 4.0 m/s2 until it stops.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the braking distance.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the total stopping distance. Use your answers to (a) and (b).

(1)
(d)

State one factor, other than speed, that would increase the thinking distance.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
distance = speed × time = 20 × 0.80✓ 1
16 m✓ 1
Part (b)
v2 = u2 + 2as (or equivalent) with final speed 0 and a = −4.0 m/s2✓ 1
s = 202 ÷ (2 × 4.0)✓ 1
50 m✓ 1
Part (c)
16 + 50 = 66 m (ECF from (a) and (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
driver tiredness, alcohol, drugs or distraction (any one)✓ 1

Common error: Stopping distance is thinking distance plus braking distance. Doubling the speed doubles the thinking distance but quadruples the braking distance.

177IGPE3-1-15r34-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A marine biologist weighs a catch of fish in a net using a spring balance. The spring obeys Hooke's law. When a force of 24 N is applied the spring extends by 0.060 m. Take g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the spring constant of the spring.

(2)
(b)

The spring now extends by 0.105 m when the net of fish hangs from it. Calculate the weight of the fish and net.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the mass of the fish and net. Use the value 42 N.

(2)
(d)

Explain what is meant by the limit of proportionality of a spring.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
k = F ÷ x = 24 ÷ 0.060✓ 1
400 N/m✓ 1
Part (b)
F = kx = 400 × 0.105 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
42 N✓ 1
Part (c)
m = W ÷ g = 42 ÷ 10✓ 1
4.2 kg✓ 1
Part (d)
the force beyond which the extension is no longer directly proportional to the force✓ 1

Exam tip: Hooke's law only applies up to the limit of proportionality. Check that your extension is a change in length, not the total length.

178IGPE3-1-15r35-011(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A uniform beam of length 4.0 m and weight 120 N rests on a support at each end. A box of weight 80 N is placed on the beam 1.0 m from the left-hand end. What is the upward force from the left-hand support?

80 Nbeam 120 N1.0 m4.0 m
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Taking moments about the right-hand end or the left-hand end gives the right-hand support force: 4.0 × R = 120 × 2.0 + 80 × 1.0 = 320, so R = 80 N. The upward forces must balance the total weight of 200 N, so the left-hand force is 200 − 80 = 120 N. 80 N is the right-hand support force. 100 N wrongly shares the weight equally, which ignores the off-centre box. 200 N is the total weight carried by both supports together.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: Take moments about one support so that its unknown force has no moment, then use the fact that the upward forces equal the downward forces.

179IGPE3-1-15r35-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

In an experiment a constant resultant force acts on a trolley. When the trolley has a mass of 0.50 kg its acceleration is 1.2 m/s2. The mass is increased to 2.0 kg and the resultant force is unchanged. What is the new acceleration?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The force is F = ma = 0.50 × 1.2 = 0.60 N. The new acceleration is a = F/m = 0.60 ÷ 2.0 = 0.30 m/s2. The mass is four times larger, so the acceleration is four times smaller. 4.8 m/s2 multiplies by four instead of dividing. 0.60 m/s2 halves the acceleration, as if the mass had only doubled. 0.075 m/s2 divides by 16, as if acceleration were inversely proportional to mass squared.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: For a constant force, acceleration is inversely proportional to mass: multiply the mass by a factor and divide the acceleration by the same factor.

180IGPE3-1-15r35-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A uniform walkway plank of length 5.0 m and weight 200 N rests on a support at each end, on a fishing pier. A fisherman of weight 700 N stands on the plank 2.0 m from the left-hand end.

700 Nplank 200 N2.0 m5.0 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the upward force from the right-hand support.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the upward force from the left-hand support.

(2)
(c)

The fisherman now walks to the right-hand end of the plank. Calculate the force from the left-hand support.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 take moments about the left-hand support (clockwise moments = anticlockwise moments)✓ 1
A1 moment of plank 200 × 2.5 = 500 N m and moment of fisherman 700 × 2.0 = 1400 N m✓ 1
A1 right-hand support force = 1900 ÷ 5.0 = 380 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 upward forces equal downward forces: 200 + 700 − 380✓ 1
A1 520 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 moments about the left-hand end: right-hand force = (200 × 2.5 + 700 × 5.0) ÷ 5.0 = 800 N, then left-hand force = 900 − 800✓ 1
A1 100 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Choose a pivot at one support so that its unknown force drops out of the moments equation. Show the moment of each weight separately.

181IGPE3-1-15r35-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A student investigates how the mass of a trolley affects its acceleration. A constant resultant force of 0.60 N pulls the trolley along a bench.

(a)

State the independent variable and one control variable in this investigation.

(2)
(b)

The trolley has a mass of 0.80 kg. Calculate its acceleration.

(2)
(c)

The trolley starts from rest. Calculate the time taken to reach a speed of 3.0 m/s.

(2)
(d)

The mass of the trolley is doubled and the resultant force stays the same. State what happens to the acceleration and explain your answer.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
B1 independent variable is the mass of the trolley✓ 1
B1 any one control: resultant (pulling) force, same bench or friction compensated, same starting position✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 a = F ÷ m✓ 1
A1 0.60 ÷ 0.80 = 0.75 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 t = v ÷ a (or (v − u) ÷ a)✓ 1
A1 3.0 ÷ 0.75 = 4.0 s (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
B1 acceleration halves✓ 1
B1 a = F ÷ m, so acceleration is inversely proportional to mass for a constant force✓ 1

Exam tip: When a question says a quantity is doubled, write what happens to the other quantity as a factor (halves, doubles) and link it to the equation.

182IGPE3-1-15r35-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A lorry carrying fish travels at 20 m/s along a harbour road. The driver has a reaction time of 0.70 s. After the brakes are applied the lorry slows with a constant deceleration of 5.0 m/s2.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the braking distance.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the total stopping distance.

(1)
(d)

State two factors that would increase the thinking distance of a driver.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 distance = speed × time✓ 1
A1 20 × 0.70 = 14 m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 v2 = u2 + 2as with v = 0 and a = −5.0✓ 1
M1 0 = 202 − 2 × 5.0 × s✓ 1
A1 s = 40 m✓ 1
Part (c)
A1 14 + 40 = 54 m (ECF from (a) and (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
B1 any one from: tiredness, alcohol or drugs, distraction, slower reaction due to illness✓ 1
B1 any second different factor from the list above, or higher speed✓ 1

Common error: Stopping distance is thinking distance plus braking distance. Do not use the reaction time in the braking calculation.

183IGPE3-1-17r35-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A space probe sits at rest on the surface of the Moon. Which pair of forces is an example of Newton's third law (an action–reaction pair)?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
A third-law pair acts on two different objects, is the same type of force and has equal size in opposite directions: the Moon pulls the probe and the probe pulls the Moon, both gravitational. The weight and the contact force both act on the probe, so they only balance each other. The weight and the push on the surface are different types of force, one gravitational and one contact. The last pair mixes a contact force with a gravitational force, so they are not a pair.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: Two equal and opposite forces that both act on the same object are balanced forces, not a third-law pair.

184IGPE3-1-17r35-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A parachutist falls with the parachute open at a steady speed of 5 m/s. Which statement about the forces on the parachutist is correct?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
A constant velocity means there is no acceleration, so the resultant force is zero and the upward air resistance equals the downward weight. If the weight were larger the parachutist would still be speeding up. Air resistance is not zero, since it is exactly what cancels the weight. If the air resistance were larger the parachutist would be slowing down.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Motion in one direction does not need a resultant force in that direction; only a change in velocity does.

185IGPE3-1-17r35-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A student hangs masses from a helical spring and plots a graph of force against extension. The graph is a straight line through the origin at first and then begins to curve. Which statement describes the curved part of the graph?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Beyond the limit of proportionality the spring stretches more for each extra newton, so force divided by extension falls and the gradient of the force–extension graph decreases. The second option has the effect the wrong way round. A horizontal graph would mean the force changes with no extension change at all. If force were still proportional to extension the graph would remain straight.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Exam tip: On a force–extension graph the gradient equals the spring constant, so a curve bending towards the extension axis shows the spring has gone past its limit of proportionality.

186IGPE3-1-17r35-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A student investigates a helical spring hung from a clamp. Its natural length is 8.0 cm. She adds 100 g masses one at a time and measures the length of the spring each time. Use g = 10 N/kg.
Mass added / g: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500
Length of spring / cm: 8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 14.0, 16.0, 18.5

(a)

State one way to make the length readings more accurate.

(1)
(b)

Show that the spring obeys Hooke's law for loads up to 400 g.

(2)
(c)

Identify the first load for which the spring is beyond its limit of proportionality. Give a reason.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the spring constant of the spring in N/m using the 400 g reading.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
any one from: read the scale at eye level to avoid parallax; use a set square to compare the end of the spring with the ruler; wait for the spring to stop moving before reading; fix a pointer to the bottom coil✓ 1
Part (b)
extension increases by the same amount, 2.0 cm, for each extra 100 g✓ 1
so extension is directly proportional to the load, for example 4.0 cm at 200 g and 8.0 cm at 400 g✓ 1
Part (c)
500 g✓ 1
extension is 10.5 cm, which is more than the 10.0 cm expected from proportionality✓ 1
Part (d)
force = 0.400 × 10 = 4.0 N✓ 1
extension = 16.0 − 8.0 = 8.0 cm = 0.080 m✓ 1
k = F ÷ x = 4.0 ÷ 0.080 = 50 N/m✓ 1

Common error: Extension is the stretched length minus the natural length; using the total length of the spring in F = kx gives a wrong spring constant.

187IGPE3-1-17r35-111(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A sprinter accelerates uniformly from rest to 8.0 m/s in 2.0 s and then runs at a constant speed of 8.0 m/s for the rest of a 100 m race.

(a)

Calculate her acceleration.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance she covers while accelerating.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the total time she takes to run the 100 m.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
acceleration = change in speed ÷ time✓ 1
8.0 ÷ 2.0 = 4.0 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
average speed = 4.0 m/s, so distance = 4.0 × 2.0, or area under graph = ½ × 2.0 × 8.0✓ 1
8.0 m✓ 1
Part (c)
remaining distance = 100 − 8.0 = 92 m (ECF from (b))✓ 1
time at constant speed = 92 ÷ 8.0 = 11.5 s✓ 1
total time = 11.5 + 2.0 = 13.5 s✓ 1

Common error: Do not use the constant-speed equation for the whole race; treat the accelerating stage and the steady stage separately and add the times.

188IGPE3-1-17r35-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A car travels at 24 m/s when the driver sees an obstacle ahead. The driver takes 0.75 s to react. The car then slows down uniformly and stops in a further 4.0 s.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

State two factors, other than speed, that increase the thinking distance.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the braking distance.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the total stopping distance.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
distance = speed × time✓ 1
24 × 0.75 = 18 m✓ 1
Part (b)
any two from: tiredness; alcohol or drugs; distraction such as a phone; poor concentration✓ 2
Part (c)
average speed = 12 m/s, or area under speed–time graph✓ 1
12 × 4.0 = 48 m✓ 1
Part (d)
18 + 48 = 66 m (ECF from (a) and (c))✓ 1

Common error: Stopping distance is thinking distance plus braking distance; the car does not slow down at all during the reaction time.

189IGPE3-1-16r36-021(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A climber walks 3.0 km up a path in 2.0 hours, then returns down the same path in 1.0 hour. What is the average speed for the whole trip?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Average speed = total distance ÷ total time = 6.0 km ÷ 3.0 h = 2.0 km/h. Zero would be the average velocity, because the displacement is zero, not the average speed. Averaging the two speeds (1.5 and 3.0 km/h) gives 2.25 km/h, which is wrong because the two parts take different times. Adding the speeds gives 4.5 km/h, which has no meaning.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Exam tip: Average speed is always total distance divided by total time, never the mean of two speeds.

190IGPE3-1-16r36-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

In a food-science experiment, a steel ball is dropped into a tall cylinder of syrup and quickly reaches a constant speed. Ignoring upthrust, which statement is correct while the ball moves at this constant speed?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
A constant speed means zero acceleration, so the resultant force is zero: the upward drag force balances the downward weight. Drag larger than weight would slow the ball down. Weight does not vanish because the ball is moving steadily, and the forces have not stopped acting, they are balanced.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: Constant speed does not mean no forces. It means balanced forces.

191IGPE3-1-16r36-071(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A telecoms engineer drives a van to a mast. The van travels 45 km in 0.50 h, then 60 km in 1.00 h. The engineer then stops for 0.30 h before the journey ends.

(a)

Calculate the average speed of the van during the first 45 km, in km/h.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average speed for the whole journey, including the stop. Give your answer to 2 significant figures in km/h.

(3)
(c)

Convert a speed of 90 km/h to m/s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 speed = distance ÷ time, 45 ÷ 0.50✓ 1
A1 90 km/h✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 total distance 105 km and total time 1.80 h✓ 1
M1 105 ÷ 1.80✓ 1
A1 58 km/h✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 90 × 1000 ÷ 3600✓ 1
A1 25 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: Include any time spent stopped when finding the average speed of a whole journey.

192IGPE3-1-16r36-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A mountaineering team pulls a sledge with equipment of total mass 40 kg across snow. The pulling force is 120 N and the friction force is 60 N.

(a)

Calculate the resultant force on the sledge.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration of the sledge.

(2)
(c)

The sledge starts from rest. Calculate its speed after 4.0 s.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the distance the sledge travels in the 4.0 s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
60 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 a = F ÷ m, 60 ÷ 40✓ 1
A1 1.5 m/s²✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 v = a t, 1.5 × 4.0✓ 1
A1 6.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 distance = average speed × time, (0 + 6.0) ÷ 2 × 4.0✓ 1
A1 12 m✓ 1

Common error: Use the resultant force, not the pulling force, in F = m a.

193IGPE3-1-16r36-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A food-science student drops a steel ball bearing of mass 0.020 kg into a tall tube of glycerol. Ignore upthrust. Take g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Explain why the ball bearing accelerates at first.

(2)
(b)

Explain why the ball bearing eventually reaches a constant speed.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the weight of the ball bearing.

(2)
(d)

State the size of the drag force on the ball bearing when it moves at constant speed.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
At the start the drag force is small (zero)✓ 1
Weight is greater than drag, so there is a downward resultant force✓ 1
Part (b)
Drag increases as speed increases✓ 1
Until the drag equals the weight✓ 1
The resultant force is zero so there is no more acceleration✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 W = m g, 0.020 × 10✓ 1
A1 0.20 N✓ 1
Part (d)
0.20 N (ECF from (c))✓ 1

Exam tip: For terminal velocity, say that the forces are balanced, so the resultant force is zero.

194IGPE3-1-16r36-101(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A food-delivery cart moves along a straight corridor. A student records its distance from the start every second.
Time / s: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Distance / m: 0.0, 0.6, 1.4, 2.4, 3.6, 5.0

(a)

Calculate the average speed of the cart over the whole 5.0 s.

(2)
(b)

Describe the motion of the cart. Use the data to support your answer.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average speed between 2.0 s and 4.0 s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 distance ÷ time, 5.0 ÷ 5.0✓ 1
A1 1.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
The cart speeds up (accelerates)✓ 1
The distance travelled in each second increases, for example 0.6 m in the first second and 1.4 m in the fifth✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 (3.6 − 1.4) ÷ (4.0 − 2.0)✓ 1
A1 1.1 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: Average speed over an interval uses the change in distance, not the distance at the end.

195IGPE3-1-16r36-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A mountaineer drops a stone from a cliff edge. Ignore air resistance and take g = 10 N/kg (10 m/s² acceleration).

(a)

Calculate the speed of the stone after 3.0 s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance the stone falls in 3.0 s.

(2)
(c)

A feather dropped from the same place falls much more slowly than the stone. Explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 v = a t, 10 × 3.0✓ 1
A1 30 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 distance = average speed × time, (0 + 30) ÷ 2 × 3.0✓ 1
A1 45 m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
Air resistance (drag) is significant compared with the weight of the feather✓ 1
The feather's resultant force and acceleration are therefore much smaller✓ 1

Exam tip: Air resistance can be ignored only when it is small compared with the weight of the object.

196IGPE3-1-17r36-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A student adds masses to a rubber band one at a time and then removes them one at a time, measuring the extension each time.
Which observation shows that the rubber band does not obey Hooke's law?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Hooke's law requires extension to be directly proportional to load. Doubling the load from 2.0 N to 4.0 N should double the extension from 3.0 cm to 6.0 cm, but it only reaches 5.0 cm, so the law is not obeyed. Extension increasing with load happens for any stretching material and does not test proportionality. Returning to the original length shows elastic behaviour, not proportionality. Doubling the load from 1.0 N to 2.0 N doubles the extension, which is consistent with Hooke's law.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: Many students say a material obeys Hooke's law because it springs back; springing back shows elasticity, but proportionality of extension to load is the test.

197IGPE3-1-17r36-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

Two skaters stand at rest on smooth ice, facing each other. Skater P has a mass of 60 kg and skater Q has a mass of 45 kg. They push each other apart and P moves away at 1.5 m/s. Friction is negligible.
What is the speed of Q?

P 60 kg1.5 m/sQ 45 kg?
Just after the push. Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The total momentum is zero before and after, so the two momenta are equal in size: 60 × 1.5 = 45 × v, giving v = 2.0 m/s. 1.5 m/s assumes both skaters move at the same speed, which ignores their different masses. 1.1 m/s comes from dividing by the wrong mass, so the lighter skater ends up slower. 3.5 m/s comes from using the combined mass of both skaters in the momentum equation.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Exam tip: When two objects push apart from rest, their momenta are equal and opposite, so the lighter object moves faster.

198IGPE3-1-17r36-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A student investigates a rubber band. She adds weights to it and measures its extension, then removes the weights one at a time and measures the extension again.

Load / N: 0, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0
Extension while loading / cm: 0, 2.0, 5.0, 9.0, 15.0
Extension while unloading / cm: 0, 3.5, 7.0, 11.0, 15.0

(a)

Calculate the increase in extension when the load is increased from 2.0 N to 3.0 N while loading.

(1)
(b)

State whether the rubber band obeys Hooke's law over this range of loads. Use the loading data to justify your answer.

(2)
(c)

Calculate how much larger the extension at a load of 2.0 N is while unloading than while loading.

(1)
(d)

State what the answer to (c) shows about the behaviour of the rubber band.

(1)
(e)

Suggest one change to the method that would make the results more reliable.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
9.0 − 5.0 = 4.0 cm✓ 1
Part (b)
No✓ 1
Extension is not directly proportional to load, for example 1.0 N gives 2.0 cm but 2.0 N does not give 4.0 cm (accept the increase in extension per newton is not constant)✓ 1
Part (c)
7.0 − 5.0 = 2.0 cm✓ 1
Part (d)
The extension for a given load depends on whether the load is being added or removed (the band does not follow the same path / it does not return along the same curve)✓ 1
Part (e)
Repeat the experiment and average (or wait the same time before each reading, or use smaller steps of load)✓ 1

Common error: Do not say a rubber band is not elastic just because it does not obey Hooke's law; the problem is that extension is not proportional to load.

199IGPE3-1-17r36-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

Two ice skaters, Amara of mass 50 kg and Bao of mass 75 kg, stand at rest on smooth ice. They push each other and move apart in opposite directions. Amara moves at 3.0 m/s. Friction is negligible.

Amara 50 kg3.0 m/sBao 75 kg?
Just after the push. Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the total momentum of the two skaters before they push.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed of Bao.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the total kinetic energy of the two skaters after the push.

(3)
(d)

State the energy store from which this kinetic energy was transferred.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Zero✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 total momentum after is also zero, so the two momenta are equal in size✓ 1
M1 50 × 3.0 = 75 × v✓ 1
A1 2.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 kinetic energy = ½ m v² used for either skater✓ 1
A1 Amara 225 J and Bao 150 J✓ 1
A1 total 375 J (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
Chemical energy store (in the skaters' muscles)✓ 1

Common error: Momentum is conserved in the push, but kinetic energy is not: the skaters gain kinetic energy that was not there before.

200IGPE3-1-17r36-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

In a data centre a technician balances a uniform metal bar, of length 2.0 m and weight 60 N, on a pivot placed 0.60 m from the left-hand end. A server component hangs from the left-hand end and the bar is balanced horizontally. The weight of the bar acts at its centre.

pivotserver component Wbar 60 N0.60 m2.0 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the principle of moments.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the weight W of the server component.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the mass of the server component. Gravitational field strength = 10 N/kg.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
For an object in equilibrium, the sum of the clockwise moments equals the sum of the anticlockwise moments✓ 1
Both calculated about the same point✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 moment of the bar's weight about the pivot = 60 × 0.40 = 24 N m✓ 1
M1 W × 0.60 = 24✓ 1
A1 40 N✓ 1
Part (c)
A1 40/10 = 4.0 kg (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Common error: The bar's weight acts at its centre, which is 1.0 m from the end; the distance in the moment is measured from the pivot, not from the end.

201IGPE3-1-17r36-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

On an excavation, a loaded trolley of mass 40 kg moves along a level track at 1.5 m/s. It collides with a stationary empty trolley of mass 60 kg. The two trolleys couple together and move off together. Friction is negligible.

40 kg1.5 m/s60 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the speed of the trolleys immediately after the collision.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the kinetic energy transferred away in the collision.

(3)
(c)

Suggest where this energy goes.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 momentum before = 40 × 1.5 = 60 kg m/s✓ 1
M1 60 = (40 + 60) × v✓ 1
A1 0.60 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 kinetic energy before = ½ × 40 × 1.5² = 45 J✓ 1
M1 kinetic energy after = ½ × 100 × 0.60² = 18 J✓ 1
A1 27 J (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
Transferred to thermal energy stores (and sound) of the trolleys and surroundings✓ 1

Exam tip: In a collision where objects stick together, add the masses on the right-hand side of the momentum equation.

202IGPE3-1-17r41-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A trolley of mass 0.40 kg is pulled along a bench by a constant resultant force of 0.50 N. Masses are then added so the trolley has a total mass of 1.0 kg. The resultant force stays the same. What is the new acceleration of the trolley?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Using a = F ÷ m, the new acceleration is 0.50 ÷ 1.0 = 0.50 m/s². 0.20 m/s² multiplies the force by the original mass instead of dividing. 0.65 m/s² subtracts the extra 0.60 kg from the original acceleration of 1.25 m/s². 3.1 m/s² assumes acceleration increases in proportion to mass.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: For a fixed resultant force, acceleration is inversely proportional to mass: a larger mass gives a smaller acceleration.

203IGPE3-1-17r41-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A student investigates how the mass of a trolley affects its acceleration. A constant horizontal force pulls the trolley along a bench, and friction has been compensated. The mass is changed by adding masses to the trolley.
Mass / kg: 0.50, 1.00, 1.50, 2.00
Acceleration / m/s²: 1.60, 0.80, 0.53, 0.40

(a)

State the variable that must be kept constant for the results to be valid.

(1)
(b)

Describe how the student could use two light gates to find the acceleration of the trolley.

(2)
(c)

Describe the relationship between acceleration and mass shown by the data.

(2)
(d)

Use the data to calculate the acceleration expected if the trolley mass is 3.0 kg. Give your answer to 2 significant figures.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the pulling (accelerating) force✓ 1
Part (b)
a card of known length on the trolley; speed at each gate = card length ÷ time to pass the gate✓ 1
acceleration = (final speed − initial speed) ÷ time taken between the two gates✓ 1
Part (c)
as mass increases the acceleration decreases✓ 1
acceleration is inversely proportional to mass (doubling the mass halves the acceleration)✓ 1
Part (d)
force = mass × acceleration = 0.50 × 1.60 = 0.80 N (any data pair)✓ 1
acceleration = force ÷ mass = 0.80 ÷ 3.0✓ 1
0.27 m/s²✓ 1

Exam tip: When asked for a relationship from data, test it: for inverse proportion, mass × acceleration stays constant.

204IGPE3-1-17r41-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

A van carrying musical instruments travels at 20 m/s. The driver's reaction time is 0.80 s. After the brakes are applied, the van decelerates uniformly at 5.0 m/s² until it stops.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the braking distance.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the total stopping distance (ECF from (a) and (b)).

(1)
(d)

The van is now fully loaded and the braking force is unchanged. Explain why the braking distance increases.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
distance = speed × time = 20 × 0.80✓ 1
16 m✓ 1
Part (b)
v² = u² + 2as gives 20² = 2 × 5.0 × s✓ 1
40 m✓ 1
Part (c)
16 + 40 = 56 m✓ 1
Part (d)
greater mass means a smaller deceleration for the same braking force (a = F ÷ m)✓ 1
so the van takes a longer distance to stop from the same speed✓ 1

Common error: Stopping distance is thinking distance plus braking distance. Reaction time affects only the thinking distance.

205IGPE3-1-17r41-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A farmer pushes a wheelbarrow carrying 40 kg of grain. The weight of the grain acts 0.50 m horizontally from the axle of the wheel. The farmer lifts the handles with a vertical force at a horizontal distance of 1.30 m from the axle. Ignore the weight of the wheelbarrow. Use g = 10 N/kg.

axlegrain, 40 kg?0.50 m1.30 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the principle of moments.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the vertical force the farmer applies to the handles. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(3)
(c)

Suggest one change that would reduce the force the farmer needs to apply.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
for an object in equilibrium, the sum of the clockwise moments about any point✓ 1
equals the sum of the anticlockwise moments about the same point✓ 1
Part (b)
weight of grain = 40 × 10 = 400 N✓ 1
moment of grain about axle = 400 × 0.50 = 200 N m✓ 1
force = 200 ÷ 1.30 = 154 N✓ 1
Part (c)
move the grain closer to the axle (or hold the handles further from the axle)✓ 1

Exam tip: Take moments about the pivot. Use the perpendicular distance from the pivot to the line of action of each force.

206IGPE3-1-17r45-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A driver's reaction time and the car's braking deceleration do not change. At 10 m/s the thinking distance is 6.0 m and the braking distance is 10 m. What is the total stopping distance at 20 m/s?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Thinking distance is proportional to speed, so it doubles to 12 m. Braking distance is proportional to speed squared, so it increases by a factor of 4 to 40 m. Total = 12 + 40 = 52 m. 22 m leaves the braking distance unchanged. 32 m doubles the total of 16 m, treating both parts as proportional to speed. 64 m multiplies the whole 16 m by 4, treating the thinking distance as proportional to speed squared.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Exam tip: Treat the two parts of stopping distance separately: thinking distance ∝ speed, braking distance ∝ speed².

207IGPE3-1-17r45-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium1 mark

A spring obeys Hooke's law and has a spring constant of 250 N/m. A force of 10 N stretches it. What is the extension of the spring?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Extension = force ÷ spring constant = 10 ÷ 250 = 0.040 m = 4.0 cm. 0.040 cm forgets to convert metres to centimetres. 25 cm comes from dividing the spring constant by the force, the wrong way up. 40 cm converts 0.040 m using a factor of 1000 instead of 100.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: Check that the spring constant and the extension use the same length unit before you finish.

208IGPE3-1-17r45-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium7 marks

In a driving-simulator game, a virtual car travels at 15 m/s when a hazard appears. The car then brakes with a constant deceleration of 4.5 m/s2. The total stopping distance is 37 m.

(a)

Calculate the braking distance. Use v2 = u2 + 2as.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the reaction time programmed into the game.

(3)
(c)

The game now simulates a wet road, with a constant deceleration of 3.0 m/s2 from 15 m/s. Calculate the new braking distance.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 0 = 152 − 2 × 4.5 × s, so s = 152 ÷ (2 × 4.5)✓ 1
A1 25 m✓ 1
Part (b)
thinking distance = 37 − 25 = 12 m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
M1 time = distance ÷ speed = 12 ÷ 15✓ 1
A1 0.80 s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 s = 152 ÷ (2 × 3.0)✓ 1
A1 37.5 m✓ 1

Common error: Do not add the two distances before you have found each one separately: thinking distance uses constant speed, braking distance uses deceleration.

209IGPE3-1-17r45-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium6 marks

A pharmacy uses a spring balance to check the weight of small sample bags. A force of 1.5 N hung from the spring produces an extension of 3.0 cm. The spring obeys Hooke's law for this load. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the spring constant, in N/m.

(2)
(b)

State what is meant by the limit of proportionality of a spring.

(1)
(c)

A sample bag of mass 0.24 kg is hung from the spring. Calculate the extension of the spring in centimetres.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 k = F ÷ e = 1.5 ÷ 0.030 (extension converted to metres)✓ 1
A1 50 N/m✓ 1
Part (b)
the point beyond which the extension is no longer directly proportional to the force✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 weight = 0.24 × 10 = 2.4 N✓ 1
M1 e = F ÷ k = 2.4 ÷ 50 = 0.048 m✓ 1
A1 4.8 cm✓ 1

Exam tip: Convert centimetres to metres before using k in N/m, and convert back at the end if the question asks for centimetres.

210IGPE3-1-17r45-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PMedium8 marks

A water tanker is driven along a straight, level road. When the tank is empty the tanker has a mass of 6000 kg. The driving force is 7200 N and the resistive force is 1200 N.

(a)

Calculate the resultant force on the empty tanker.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration of the empty tanker.

(2)
(c)

When the tank is filled with water, the driving force and resistive force are the same but the acceleration is 0.60 m/s2. Calculate the mass of water in the tank.

(3)
(d)

The full tanker starts from rest and keeps accelerating at 0.60 m/s2. Calculate its speed after 12 s.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
A1 7200 − 1200 = 6000 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 a = F ÷ m = 6000 ÷ 6000✓ 1
A1 1.0 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 total mass = F ÷ a = 6000 ÷ 0.60✓ 1
A1 total mass = 10 000 kg✓ 1
A1 mass of water = 10 000 − 6000 = 4000 kg✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 v = u + at = 0 + 0.60 × 12✓ 1
A1 7.2 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: Find the resultant force first, then use F = ma: the mass in the equation is the whole moving mass.

211IGCSE-PHY-1-0071(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 8–99 marks
A high-speed train leaves a station along a straight, level track. The table shows the velocity of the train at different times.

Time / s: 0, 20, 40, 60
Velocity / m/s: 0, 14, 24, 30
(a)
Calculate the acceleration of the train in the first 20 s.
(2)
(b)
Describe how the acceleration of the train changes between 0 s and 60 s.
Use data from the table to support your answer.
(2)
(c)
A student plots the data on a velocity–time graph and joins the points with straight lines.
She uses the area under her graph to estimate the distance travelled by the train in the first 60 s.
Calculate her estimate.
(3)
(d)
The actual velocity–time graph of the train is a smooth curve through the four points.
Explain whether the student's estimate is greater than or less than the actual distance travelled.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • substitution into a = (v − u) / t;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. a = (14 − 0) / 20
  • (a =) 0.70 (m/s²)
Allow
  • allow 0.7 (m/s²)
(b)
  • (acceleration) decreases;
  • use of data e.g. change in velocity in each 20 s decreases (14, 10, 6 m/s) OR accelerations of 0.70, 0.50 and 0.30 m/s² quoted;
Allow
  • allow 'velocity increases by less each 20 s' for MP2
  • allow 'train speeds up more slowly'
Do not accept
  • 'train slows down' / 'decelerates' scores 0 for MP1
(c)
  • any one area correct (140, 380 or 540 m);
  • adding three areas (trapezia/triangle);
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. ½ × 20 × 14 + ½ × 20 × (14 + 24) + ½ × 20 × (24 + 30)
  • = 140 + 380 + 540
  • (distance =) 1060 (m)
Allow
  • allow 1100 (m)
  • allow one triangle and rectangles method if equivalent
Do not accept
  • 30 × 60 = 1800 (m) or 15 × 60 = 900 (m) scores 0
(d)
  • (estimate is) less than the actual distance;
  • idea that the curve lies above the straight lines (because acceleration/gradient decreases), so the area under the curve is greater;
Allow
  • allow 'underestimate'
  • allow 'the straight lines cut below the curve'
Do not accept
  • second mark without the first
  • 'because it is only an estimate'
212IGCSE-PHY-1-0121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 8–96 marks
A small steel ball is held 50 cm above a tall glass tube filled with thick oil. The ball is released from rest.
It falls through the air, enters the oil and falls to the bottom of the tube.
When the ball enters the oil, it is moving faster than the terminal velocity it would have in the oil.
steel ball50 cmairoil surfaceoilglass tubestandnot to scale
Explain how the velocity of the ball changes from the moment it is released until it reaches the bottom of the tube.
Your answer should refer to the forces acting on the ball.
(6)
Show mark scheme
  • Indicative content:
  • In the air:
  • MP1. weight acts downwards (and is constant);
  • MP2. air resistance is small / less than weight so resultant force is downwards;
  • MP3. so the ball accelerates / speeds up (in the air);
  • In the oil:
  • MP4. drag / resistive force from the oil acts upwards / opposes motion;
  • MP5. on entry, drag (+ upthrust) is greater than weight;
  • MP6. so resultant force is upwards and the ball decelerates / slows down;
  • MP7. as the ball slows, the drag decreases;
  • MP8. so the resultant force and the deceleration decrease;
  • MP9. eventually drag (+ upthrust) equals weight / forces become balanced;
  • MP10. resultant force is zero so the ball moves at a constant (terminal) velocity (lower than its speed on entering the oil);
Allow
  • allow 'friction' for air resistance or drag
  • allow 'gravity' for weight
  • upthrust is not required but credit correct reference to it
  • Point-based alternative matching 4PH1 practice: award 1 mark per MP to a maximum of 6, with at least one MP from each of 'in the air' and 'in the oil' for full marks
Do not accept
  • 'the ball stops / speed becomes zero in the oil'
  • 'weight increases / decreases'
  • 'terminal velocity is when the ball reaches maximum speed' (it is reached from above here)
Level 0 (0)No rewardable content.
Level 1 (1–2)Isolated points, e.g. names weight and drag, or states that the ball reaches a constant speed. Little or no link between resultant force and change of velocity.
Level 2 (3–4)Describes the motion in both air and oil and links some changes in velocity to resultant force, but the chain is incomplete — typically misses that drag exceeds weight on entry, or treats the ball as speeding up to terminal velocity in the oil.
Level 3 (5–6)Coherent, logically sequenced explanation of both stages: acceleration in air, deceleration on entry because drag > weight, drag falling with speed so the deceleration decreases, and forces balancing at terminal velocity.
213IGCSE-PHY-1-0311(b) Movement and Position Papers 1 & 2Grade 8–99 marks
Car X travels along a straight motorway at a constant velocity of 30 m/s.
At time t = 0, car X passes a stationary police car. At the same instant, the police car starts to accelerate along the motorway after car X.
The graph shows how the velocity of each car changes with time.
0510152025051015202530354045time / svelocity / m/scar Xpolice car
(a)
Determine the acceleration of the police car in the first 10 s.
(2)
(b)
The two lines on the graph cross at t = 7.5 s.
A student says this is the time when the police car catches up with car X.
Explain why the student is wrong.
(1)
(c)
Determine the time at which the police car catches up with car X.
Show your working clearly.
(5)
(d)
Determine the distance travelled by the police car from t = 0 until it catches up with car X.
(1)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • gradient / substitution into a = (v − u)/t;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. a = (40 − 0) / 10
  • (a =) 4.0 (m/s²)
Allow
  • correct answer with no working scores 2
  • allow 30 / 7.5 = 4.0 (m/s²) using the crossing point (same gradient)
(b)
  • (at 7.5 s) the cars have the same velocity, not the same position / car X has travelled further (the area under its line is greater);
Allow
  • allow 'the police car is still behind because it was slower until then'
Do not accept
  • 'the graph shows distance'
(c)
  • distance travelled by police car in first 10 s = 200 (m);
  • distance travelled by car X in first 10 s = 300 (m) / gap of 100 (m) at 10 s;
  • (after 10 s) police car closes the gap at 40 − 30 = 10 (m/s) / equation e.g. 200 + 40(t − 10) = 30t;
  • time to close the gap = 100 / 10 = 10 (s) / solving the equation;
  • (t =) 20 (s);
Allow
  • allow equating areas under the two graphs as a valid method
  • correct answer with no working scores 1 only
  • ECF from incorrect distances in MP1/MP2 for MP3 and MP4
Do not accept
  • t = 7.5 (s) scores 0
  • t = 10 (s) (when police car reaches 40 m/s) scores 0 for MP5
(d)
  • 600 (m);
Allow
  • allow 30 × candidate's (c) answer
  • ECF from (c)
Do not accept
  • 800 (m) (= 40 × 20, ignoring the acceleration phase)
214IGCSE-PHY-1-0321(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 8–98 marks
A lunar lander of mass 15 000 kg is descending vertically towards the surface of the Moon.
The gravitational field strength on the Moon is 1.6 N/kg. The Moon has no atmosphere.
(a)
Explain why the lander would not reach a terminal velocity if its engine were switched off.
(2)
(b)
The lander is moving downwards at 12 m/s. Its engine is then switched on and provides a constant upward force of 45 000 N, so the lander decelerates uniformly.
Calculate the minimum height above the surface at which the engine must be switched on so that the velocity of the lander is zero when it reaches the surface.
(6)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • no atmosphere so no air resistance/drag (acts on the lander);
  • so resultant force (= weight) is never zero / forces never balance so it continues to accelerate;
Allow
  • allow 'only force is weight/gravity' for MP1 if 'no air resistance' is implied
Do not accept
  • 'there is no gravity on the Moon' scores 0
  • 'it is too light to reach terminal velocity'
(b)
  • weight = 15 000 × 1.6 = 24 000 (N);
  • resultant force = 45 000 − 24 000 = 21 000 (N);
  • deceleration = 21 000 / 15 000 = 1.4 (m/s²);
  • substitution into v² = u² + 2as;
  • rearrangement;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. 0 = 12² + 2 × (−1.4) × s
  • s = 12² / (2 × 1.4)
  • (s =) 51 (m)
Allow
  • allow 51.4 (m)
  • ECF from an incorrect weight, resultant force or deceleration for later marks
  • rearrangement and substitution in either order
  • weight ignored: a = 45 000 / 15 000 = 3.0 (m/s²), s = 24 (m) scores 3 (MP4–MP6)
  • forces added: a = 69 000 / 15 000 = 4.6 (m/s²), s = 16 (m) scores MP1 + MP4–MP6 (4)
Do not accept
  • g = 10 N/kg used for the weight (150 000 N) – no credit for MP1 or MP2
215IGCSE-PHY-1-0331(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Papers 1 & 2Grade 8–910 marks
A student investigates a strip cut from a polythene carrier bag.
She hangs the strip from a clamp and adds 1.0 N weights one at a time up to 5.0 N, measuring the extension each time. She then removes the weights one at a time and measures the extension again.

Force / N: 0, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0
Extension while loading / mm: 0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.1, 12.5, 26.0
Extension while unloading / mm: 19.5, 21.3, 22.8, 24.0, 25.1, 26.0
(a)
Use the loading results to describe how the extension of the strip depends on the force.
Refer to Hooke's law in your answer.
(3)
(b)
Explain whether the strip shows elastic behaviour over the whole range of forces used.
(2)
(c)
The student thinks the strip may behave elastically for forces up to 3.0 N.
Describe how she could use a new strip and the same apparatus to test this idea.
(2)
(d)
The student wants to use a strip like this to hang a bag of mass 0.35 kg.
Evaluate whether she can use her results to predict the extension of the strip, and whether the strip would return to its original length when the bag is removed.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • up to 3.0 N extension is (directly) proportional to force / extension increases by equal amounts (about 2 mm per 1.0 N);
  • so it obeys Hooke's law (in this region);
  • above 3.0 N extension increases by much more for each 1.0 N (6.4 mm then 13.5 mm) so it no longer obeys Hooke's law;
Allow
  • allow 'graph would be a straight line through the origin up to 3 N' for MP1
  • allow limit stated anywhere between 3.0 N and 4.0 N
Do not accept
  • 'obeys Hooke's law because extension increases with force' scores 0 for MP2
(b)
  • no / not elastic (over the whole range);
  • extension is not zero when all the weights are removed / 19.5 mm permanent extension / does not return to original length;
Allow
  • MP1 can be scored from a correct explanation in MP2
Do not accept
  • 'yes, because the extension decreases when weights are removed'
(c)
  • add weights up to 3.0 N only then remove them all;
  • (measure the length/extension with no load and) check whether the extension returns to zero / the strip returns to its original length;
Allow
  • allow 'load and unload in steps up to 3.0 N and compare loading and unloading extensions'
Do not accept
  • 'repeat the whole experiment up to 5.0 N'
(d)
  • weight of bag = 3.5 (N);
  • 3.5 N is beyond the Hooke's law/linear region (above 3.0 N) so the extension cannot be found by proportion / can only say it lies between 6.1 mm and 12.5 mm;
  • her results cannot show whether the strip returns to its original length after 3.5 N because she only unloaded after loading to 5.0 N / she would need to load to 3.5 N and then unload to find out;
Allow
  • allow 'extension would be about 7 mm by proportion but this is unreliable' for MP2
  • allow 'it may not return to its original length, since it did not after 5.0 N, but the results do not show what happens after 3.5 N' for MP3
Do not accept
  • 7.0 mm stated as a reliable prediction scores 0 for MP2
  • '0.35 N' for the weight (mass not converted) scores 0 for MP1
  • 'it will be permanently stretched because it is beyond the linear region' scores 0 for MP3 (the end of the linear region is not where elastic behaviour stops)
216IGPE2-054-01-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard9 marks

A lift in a tall office building has a total mass of 800 kg, including its passengers. It hangs from a steel cable.
Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Name the two vertical forces acting on the lift.

(1)
(b)

As the lift starts moving upwards, the tension in the cable is 8800 N. Calculate the acceleration of the lift.

(3)
(c)

The lift then moves upwards at a constant speed. Explain the value of the tension in the cable during this stage.

(2)
(d)

Near the top floor, the lift slows down with a deceleration of 1.5 m/s2 while still moving upwards. Calculate the tension in the cable.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Tension in the cable acting upwards and weight acting downwards (both needed)✓ 1
Part (b)
Weight = 800 × 10 = 8000 N, so resultant force = 8800 − 8000 = 800 N ; a = F ÷ m = 800 ÷ 800 ; a = 1.0 m/s2 upwards✓ 3
Part (c)
At constant speed there is no acceleration, so the resultant force is zero ; so the tension equals the weight, 8000 N✓ 2
Part (d)
Resultant force needed = 800 × 1.5 = 1200 N downwards ; tension = weight − resultant = 8000 − 1200 ; tension = 6800 N✓ 3

Exam tip: First decide which way the resultant force must point. For an upward-moving lift that is slowing down, it points downwards, so the tension is less than the weight.

217IGPE2-054-01-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard7 marks

A high-speed train of mass 4.0 × 105 kg is travelling at 60 m/s on level track. In an emergency it must stop within a distance of 2400 m. Assume the deceleration is constant.

(a)

Calculate the deceleration needed for the train to stop in exactly 2400 m.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the resultant force needed to produce this deceleration.

(2)
(c)

Air resistance and friction together provide a constant backward force of 4.0 × 104 N. Calculate the braking force needed.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Uses v2 = u2 + 2as with v = 0, u = 60 m/s and s = 2400 m: 0 = 602 + 2 × a × 2400 ; a = −3600 ÷ 4800 ; a = −0.75 m/s2, so the deceleration is 0.75 m/s2. Accept 0.75 m/s2 with or without the minus sign✓ 3
Part (b)
F = m × a = 4.0 × 105 × 0.75 ; F = 3.0 × 105 N✓ 2
Part (c)
Braking force = resultant force − other resistive forces = 3.0 × 105 − 4.0 × 104 ; braking force = 2.6 × 105 N✓ 2

Exam tip: When finding a braking force, calculate the total resultant force first. Then subtract any forces that already act in the same backward direction.

218IGPE2-054-00-031(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PHard1 mark

A steam catapult on an aircraft carrier accelerates a jet uniformly from rest to 70 m/s over a distance of 90 m.
What is the acceleration of the jet?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Use v2 = u2 + 2as with u = 0. This gives a = v2 ÷ 2s = 4900 ÷ 180 = 27 m/s2. Option D leaves out the factor of 2. Option B divides velocity by distance, which is not an acceleration. Option A divides velocity by twice the distance.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: If no time is given, use v² = u² + 2as. Remember to square the velocity.

219IGPE2-054-00-131(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PHard6 marks

A train driver makes an emergency stop on a straight, level track. The train decelerates at 1.2 m/s2 and travels 650 m before it stops. The speed limit on this section of track is 125 km/h.

(a)

Calculate the speed of the train when the brakes were applied.

(3)
(b)

Suggest why the speed calculated in the previous part might not be exactly the true speed.

(1)
(c)

Evaluate whether the train was exceeding the speed limit when the brakes were applied.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
0 = u2 + 2 × (−1.2) × 650✓ 1
u2 = 1560✓ 1
u = 39.5 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
The deceleration may not have been constant, e.g. because wheel grip or braking force changed✓ 1
Part (c)
39.5 m/s = 39.5 × 3.6 = 142 km/h (or 125 km/h = 34.7 m/s)✓ 1
142 km/h is greater than 125 km/h, so the train was exceeding the limit✓ 1

Exam tip: When you evaluate, convert both values to the same unit, compare them, and finish with a clear conclusion.

220IGPE2-054-03-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard6 marks

In a quality-control test for engine oil, a steel ball is released from rest at the surface of oil in a tall glass tube. The ball falls to the bottom of the tube.

(a)

Explain how the forces on the ball change as it falls, and describe the effect on its motion. Refer to its velocity and acceleration in your answer.

(6)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
At release, the velocity is zero and the drag is zero✓ 1
The weight is greater than the upward forces, so the resultant force is downwards and the ball accelerates✓ 1
As the velocity increases, the drag increases✓ 1
so the resultant force decreases and the acceleration decreases✓ 1
Eventually, drag (+ upthrust) equals the weight, so the resultant force is zero✓ 1
The acceleration is then zero and the ball falls at a constant (terminal) velocity✓ 1

Exam tip: Build a chain: forces → resultant force → acceleration → velocity. Each link earns credit only if it is stated explicitly.

221IGPE2-054-02-121(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PHard7 marks

A high-speed lift in a tower block travels upwards from rest through a total height of 45 m and stops.
It accelerates uniformly at 1.2 m/s2 until it reaches 3.0 m/s, travels at a constant 3.0 m/s, and then decelerates uniformly at 1.2 m/s2 to rest.

(a)

Calculate the time the lift takes to reach 3.0 m/s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance the lift travels while accelerating.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the total time for the journey.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
t = (3.0 − 0) ÷ 1.2✓ 1
= 2.5 s✓ 1
Part (b)
distance = ½ × 3.0 × 2.5 (or average speed 1.5 m/s × 2.5 s)✓ 1
= 3.75 m✓ 1
Part (c)
distance at constant speed = 45 − 2 × 3.75 = 37.5 m✓ 1
time at constant speed = 37.5 ÷ 3.0 = 12.5 s✓ 1
total time = 2.5 + 12.5 + 2.5 = 17.5 s✓ 1

Common error: The deceleration stage also covers distance; subtract both the speeding-up and slowing-down distances before finding the constant-speed time.

222IGPE2-054-02-131(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PHard8 marks

A car travelling at a constant 25 m/s passes a stationary police motorcyclist. At that instant the motorcyclist sets off in the same direction, accelerating uniformly at 2.5 m/s2 until reaching 30 m/s, and then continues at a constant 30 m/s. The car keeps a constant speed of 25 m/s.

(a)

Calculate the time taken for the motorcyclist to reach 30 m/s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance travelled in this time by
(i) the motorcyclist
(ii) the car.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the total time, from when the car passes the motorcyclist, for the motorcyclist to catch up with the car.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
t = (30 − 0) ÷ 2.5✓ 1
= 12 s✓ 1
Part (b)
(i) ½ × 30 × 12✓ 1
= 180 m✓ 1
(ii) 25 × 12 = 300 m✓ 1
Part (c)
gap at 12 s = 300 − 180 = 120 m✓ 1
motorcyclist gains 30 − 25 = 5 m every second, so extra time = 120 ÷ 5 = 24 s✓ 1
total time = 12 + 24 = 36 s✓ 1

Exam tip: When one object chases another, find the gap and divide it by the difference in their speeds to get the time needed to close it.

223IGPE3-1-15r8-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard9 marks

A tower crane has a uniform horizontal jib of length 24 m and weight 36 000 N. The jib is pivoted on the tower at a point 6.0 m from its left-hand end. A counterweight hangs from the left-hand end. A load of weight 20 000 N hangs from the right-hand end. The jib is balanced. The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg.

counterweight ?20 000 Njib 36 000 N6.0 m24 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the moment of the load about the pivot.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the weight of the counterweight.

(4)
(c)

Calculate the mass of the counterweight.

(1)
(d)

Explain why the crane still needs a counterweight when it carries no load.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
moment = force × distance (18 m from the pivot)✓ 1
20 000 × 18 = 360 000 N m✓ 1
Part (b)
The centre of the jib is 12 m from the left end, so 6.0 m from the pivot, giving a moment of 36 000 × 6.0 = 216 000 N m✓ 1
total clockwise moment = 216 000 + 360 000 = 576 000 N m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
counterweight × 6.0 = 576 000✓ 1
counterweight weight = 96 000 N✓ 1
Part (c)
96 000 / 10 = 9600 kg (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
The weight of the jib acts to the right of the pivot and produces a clockwise moment✓ 1
so an anticlockwise moment from the counterweight is needed to balance it✓ 1

Common error: A uniform beam's weight acts at its centre, so measure its distance from the pivot, not from the end of the beam.

224IGPE3-1-15r8-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard10 marks

A library uses a spring to test small weights. A student hangs weights from the spring and measures the extension. The results are shown.
Force / N: 0, 3.0, 6.0, 9.0, 12.0, 15.0
Extension / cm: 0, 1.5, 3.0, 4.5, 6.0, 8.4

(a)

State between which two forces the limit of proportionality is passed.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the spring constant of the spring in N/m.

(3)
(c)

A book hung on the spring produces an extension of 5.4 cm. Calculate the mass of the book. The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(3)
(d)

Explain why this spring should not be used to measure a weight of 15 N.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Up to 12 N the extension is directly proportional to the force✓ 1
The limit is passed between 12 N and 15 N, where 8.4 cm is more than the 7.5 cm expected✓ 1
Part (b)
spring constant = force / extension✓ 1
extension 1.5 cm = 0.015 m✓ 1
3.0 / 0.015 = 200 N/m✓ 1
Part (c)
force = 200 × 0.054 = 10.8 N (ECF from (b))✓ 1
weight = mass × g so mass = 10.8 / 10✓ 1
mass = 1.08 kg✓ 1
Part (d)
15 N is beyond the limit of proportionality, so extension is no longer proportional to force✓ 1
so the scale would give inaccurate readings (and the spring may be permanently stretched)✓ 1

Exam tip: Always convert extensions from cm to m before using F = kx with k in N/m.

225IGPE3-1-15r8-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard9 marks

A small goods lift in a library carries books between floors. The lift and its load have a total mass of 120 kg. Starting from rest, the lift accelerates upwards uniformly at 0.50 m/s2 for 4.0 s. The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the speed of the lift after 4.0 s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance the lift travels in the 4.0 s.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the tension in the lift cable during the 4.0 s.

(3)
(d)

After the 4.0 s the tension in the cable is 1200 N. Describe the motion of the lift.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
v = u + at (or speed = acceleration × time)✓ 1
0.50 × 4.0 = 2.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
average speed = (0 + 2.0)/2 = 1.0 m/s (or s = ½at2)✓ 1
1.0 × 4.0 = 4.0 m✓ 1
Part (c)
weight = 120 × 10 = 1200 N✓ 1
resultant force = ma = 120 × 0.50 = 60 N✓ 1
tension = 1200 + 60 = 1260 N✓ 1
Part (d)
The resultant force is zero✓ 1
so the lift moves at constant speed (2.0 m/s) upwards✓ 1

Common error: The cable tension must be bigger than the weight for the lift to accelerate upwards: tension − weight = ma.

226IGPE3-1-15r14-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard5 marks

A spring is hung from a hook in a seed hopper. When a weight of 3.0 N hangs from it, its total length is 18.0 cm. When the weight is 5.0 N its total length is 22.0 cm. The spring obeys Hooke's law for both loads.

(a)

Calculate the spring constant, in N/m.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the unstretched length of the spring, in cm. Use the unrounded value of k.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 k = change in force ÷ change in length = 2.0 ÷ 0.040✓ 1
A1 k = 50 N/m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 extension at 3.0 N = F ÷ k = 3.0 ÷ 50✓ 1
A1 = 0.060 m = 6.0 cm✓ 1
A1 unstretched length = 18.0 − 6.0 = 12.0 cm✓ 1

Exam tip: Total length and extension are different: subtract the extension from the stretched length to get the unstretched length.

227IGPE3-1-15r16-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard10 marks

Two library trolleys with spring bumpers collide on a level floor. Trolley A (mass 18 kg) moves at 1.5 m/s towards trolley B (mass 12 kg), which is at rest. After the collision A continues in the same direction at 0.30 m/s.

A 18 kg1.5 m/sB 12 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the momentum of trolley A before the collision.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the speed of trolley B after the collision.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the kinetic energy of the trolleys before the collision.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the total kinetic energy after the collision, to 2 decimal places, and state whether the collision is elastic.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 momentum = mass × velocity✓ 1
A1 27 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
momentum of A after = 18 × 0.30 = 5.4 kg m/s✓ 1
M1 momentum conserved: momentum of B = 27 − 5.4 = 21.6 kg m/s✓ 1
A1 speed of B = 21.6 / 12 = 1.8 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 KE = ½mv² = ½ × 18 × 1.5²✓ 1
A1 20.25 J✓ 1
Part (d)
KE of A = ½ × 18 × 0.30² = 0.81 J and KE of B = ½ × 12 × 1.8² = 19.44 J✓ 1
total KE = 20.25 J✓ 1
total KE is unchanged (20.25 J before and after), so the collision is elastic✓ 1

Exam tip: Use 1.8 m/s exactly (not a rounded value) when finding the kinetic energy of B so the totals can be compared fairly.

228IGPE3-1-15r17-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard8 marks

Two tractors, A and B, travel in the same direction along a straight, level farm track. At time 0 tractor A is at the start of the track moving at a constant speed of 4.0 m/s. At time 0 tractor B is 150 m ahead of A, moving at a constant speed of 2.5 m/s.

(a)

Calculate the distance of tractor B from the start of the track after 20 s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the speed at which the gap between the tractors decreases.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the time taken for tractor A to catch up with tractor B.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the distance from the start of the track at which A catches B.

(1)
(e)

Describe what would be seen on a distance–time graph of both tractors at the moment A catches B.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
distance moved by B = 2.5 × 20 = 50 m✓ 1
150 + 50 = 200 m✓ 1
Part (b)
4.0 − 2.5✓ 1
1.5 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
time = 150 ÷ 1.5✓ 1
time = 100 s (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
4.0 × 100 = 400 m (ECF from (c); accept 150 + 2.5 × 100)✓ 1
Part (e)
the two lines cross (intersect) at that time✓ 1

Exam tip: Check a catching-up answer by finding the distance each vehicle has travelled when they meet; both must give the same position.

229IGPE3-1-15r17-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard10 marks

At a concert, a loudspeaker of mass 12 kg is lowered from the ceiling on a vertical rope. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of the loudspeaker.

(2)
(b)

At one moment the loudspeaker accelerates downwards at 2.0 m/s². Calculate the resultant force on it.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the tension in the rope at this moment.

(2)
(d)

The loudspeaker is then lowered at a constant speed. State the tension in the rope and give a reason.

(2)
(e)

Later the loudspeaker is raised and accelerates upwards at 2.0 m/s². Calculate the tension in the rope.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
weight = mass × g = 12 × 10✓ 1
weight = 120 N✓ 1
Part (b)
F = ma = 12 × 2.0✓ 1
F = 24 N✓ 1
Part (c)
tension = weight − resultant force = 120 − 24✓ 1
tension = 96 N (ECF from (a) and (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
120 N✓ 1
the resultant force is zero, so tension equals weight✓ 1
Part (e)
tension = weight + resultant force = 120 + 24✓ 1
tension = 144 N✓ 1

Common error: When the acceleration is downwards the tension is less than the weight; when it is upwards the tension is greater.

230IGPE3-1-15r25-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard1 mark

Two identical springs, each with spring constant 40 N/m, hang side by side from a fixed bar. A light rigid beam joins their lower ends and a 12 N weight hangs from its centre, so each spring carries an equal share of the load. Both springs stay within the limit of proportionality. What is the extension of each spring?

12 Nspringspringlight rigid beam
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Each spring carries 12 / 2 = 6.0 N, so extension = F / k = 6.0 / 40 = 0.15 m. 0.30 m uses the whole 12 N on one spring and ignores the sharing. 0.075 m halves the load and also halves the extension again by using the combined stiffness of 80 N/m on the shared load. 0.60 m multiplies the single-spring answer by two instead of dividing the load.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: Decide how much force acts on each spring first, then apply F = kx to one spring at a time.

231IGPE3-1-15r25-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard8 marks

A uniform diving board at a swimming pool is 3.0 m long and weighs 150 N. It rests on a support P that is 1.0 m from end A. End A is held down by a bolt. A swimmer of weight 500 N stands at the free end B. The board is in equilibrium.

P500 Nboard 150 N1.0 m3.0 mA (bolt)
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the equation used to calculate the moment of a force.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the moment of the swimmer's weight about P.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the moment of the weight of the board about P.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the downward force that the bolt exerts at A.

(2)
(e)

State what happens to the force at A if the swimmer moves towards the support P.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
moment = force × perpendicular distance from the pivot✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 500 × 2.0✓ 1
A1 1000 N m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 the centre of mass is 1.5 m from A, which is 0.5 m from P, so 150 × 0.5✓ 1
A1 75 N m✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 anticlockwise moment of bolt force = sum of clockwise moments: F × 1.0 = 1000 + 75 (ECF from (b) and (c))✓ 1
A1 1075 N✓ 1
Part (e)
the force decreases because the swimmer's moment about P is smaller✓ 1

Common error: Measure each distance from the pivot, and place the weight of a uniform board at its centre.

232IGPE3-1-15r26-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard9 marks

A gymnast of mass 50 kg drops from rest and falls freely through 3.2 m before landing on a thick mat. The mat compresses by 0.50 m while it brings her to rest. Ignore air resistance, assume a constant deceleration on the mat and take g = 10 N/kg (10 m/s2).

(a)

Calculate her speed when she first touches the mat.

(2)
(b)

Calculate her deceleration on the mat.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average force exerted on her by the mat.

(3)
(d)

Explain why a thicker mat reduces the force on a gymnast who lands at the same speed.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
v2 = 0 + 2 × 10 × 3.2 = 64✓ 1
v = 8.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
use of v2 = u2 + 2as with u = 8.0 and s = 0.50: a = 64 ÷ (2 × 0.50)✓ 1
64 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
resultant force = ma = 50 × 64 = 3200 N (ECF from (b))✓ 1
the mat must also support her weight, 50 × 10 = 500 N✓ 1
force from mat = 3200 + 500 = 3700 N✓ 1
Part (d)
a greater stopping distance means a smaller deceleration (or longer stopping time)✓ 1
a smaller deceleration means a smaller resultant force, since F = ma✓ 1

Common error: The force from the mat is larger than ma because the mat must also support the gymnast's weight.

233IGPE3-1-15r26-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard8 marks

A tower crane has a uniform horizontal jib of length 30 m and weight 60 kN. The jib is pivoted on the tower at a point 6.0 m from its left-hand end, so its centre of mass is 9.0 m to the right of the pivot. A counterweight is fixed at the left-hand end of the jib. A load of weight 20 kN hangs from the right-hand end of the jib.

counterweight ?20 kNjib 60 kN6.0 m9.0 m30 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the moment of the weight of the jib about the pivot.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the total clockwise moment about the pivot when the load is on the jib.

(2)
(c)

The jib is exactly balanced. Calculate the weight of the counterweight.

(2)
(d)

The load is removed. Calculate the resultant moment about the pivot and state which end of the jib tends to go down.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
moment = force × perpendicular distance = 60 × 9.0✓ 1
540 kN m✓ 1
Part (b)
moment of load = 20 × 24 = 480 kN m (distance of right-hand end from pivot is 24 m)✓ 1
total = 540 + 480 = 1020 kN m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
anticlockwise moment = clockwise moment: W × 6.0 = 1020 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
W = 170 kN✓ 1
Part (d)
anticlockwise moment = 170 × 6.0 = 1020 kN m and clockwise = 540 kN m, so resultant = 480 kN m (ECF from (c))✓ 1
the left-hand (counterweight) end tends to go down✓ 1

Exam tip: The weight of a uniform beam acts at its centre, so use the distance from the pivot to the centre of the beam, not to its end.

234IGPE3-1-16r30-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard1 mark

A hospital lift accelerates upwards at 2.0 m/s². A patient and trolley with a combined mass of 60 kg stand on its floor. Using g = 10 N/kg, what is the upward force from the floor on the trolley?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The resultant upward force is ma = 60 × 2.0 = 120 N. The floor force must also support the weight of 600 N, so force = 600 + 120 = 720 N, so this is correct. 120 N is the resultant force only. 480 N subtracts the resultant from the weight, as if the lift were accelerating downwards. 600 N is the force for constant speed, ignoring the acceleration.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: When a lift accelerates upwards the floor force is larger than the weight, because it supplies the resultant force as well.

235IGPE3-1-16r30-131(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PHard8 marks

In a 100 m race a sprinter accelerates uniformly from rest for 3.0 s until reaching a top speed v. The sprinter then runs at constant speed v until the finish. The total race time is 10.5 s.

(a)

Determine the top speed v. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(4)
(b)

Calculate the acceleration during the first 3.0 s. Use the unrounded value of v and give your answer to 2 significant figures.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the average speed over the whole race. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
distance while accelerating = ½ × v × 3.0✓ 1
distance at constant speed = v × 7.5✓ 1
total distance: 1.5v + 7.5v = 100, so 9v = 100✓ 1
v = 11.1 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 a = 11.11 ÷ 3.0✓ 1
A1 3.7 m/s² (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 average speed = 100 ÷ 10.5✓ 1
A1 9.52 m/s✓ 1

Common error: The top speed is greater than the average speed because the sprinter spends the first part of the race speeding up.

236IGPE3-1-15r32-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard8 marks

An ambulance of mass 3200 kg travels at 25 m/s on a dry road. The driver's reaction time is 0.80 s.

(a)

Calculate the thinking distance.

(2)
(b)

The ambulance then brakes with a constant deceleration of 5.0 m/s2 until it stops. Calculate the braking distance.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the total stopping distance.

(1)
(d)

On a wet road the maximum braking force is only 9600 N. Calculate the braking distance from 25 m/s on the wet road. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 distance = speed × time = 25 × 0.80✓ 1
A1 20 m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 v2 = 2as, so 252 = 2 × 5.0 × s✓ 1
A1 62.5 m✓ 1
Part (c)
A1 20 + 62.5 = 82.5 m (ECF from (a) and (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 deceleration = F ÷ m = 9600 ÷ 3200 = 3.0 m/s2✓ 1
M1 s = v2 ÷ 2a = 625 ÷ 6.0✓ 1
A1 104 m✓ 1

Exam tip: Stopping distance = thinking distance + braking distance; a smaller braking force gives a smaller deceleration and a much longer braking distance.

237IGPE3-1-16r33-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard8 marks

A delivery van travels at 20 m/s. The driver has a reaction time of 0.80 s. After the brakes are applied the van decelerates uniformly at 5.0 m/s2. A pedestrian steps into the road 46 m ahead of the van when the driver first sees the pedestrian.

(a)

Calculate the braking distance if the van is brought to rest.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the thinking distance and the total stopping distance.

(2)
(c)

Explain why the van does not stop before reaching the pedestrian.

(1)
(d)

Determine the speed of the van when it reaches the pedestrian.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 use of v2 = u2 + 2as, with s = 202 ÷ (2 × 5.0)✓ 1
A1 40 m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 thinking distance = 20 × 0.80 = 16 m✓ 1
A1 stopping distance = 16 + 40 = 56 m (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
The stopping distance of 56 m is greater than 46 m (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 distance during braking = 46 − 16 = 30 m✓ 1
M1 v2 = 202 − 2 × 5.0 × 30 = 100✓ 1
A1 10 m/s✓ 1

Common error: The van travels at constant speed during the thinking time, so only the remaining distance is used when braking.

238IGPE3-1-15r34-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard9 marks

A steel ball bearing of mass 0.050 kg is released at the top of a tall tube of glycerine. The upthrust is negligible. The ball accelerates, then reaches terminal velocity. Take g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of the ball bearing.

(2)
(b)

At one instant during the fall the drag force on the ball is 0.20 N. Calculate the acceleration of the ball at this instant. Use the exact value from (a).

(3)
(c)

Explain why the acceleration of the ball is zero once it reaches terminal velocity although it is still moving.

(2)
(d)

A second ball of the same size has twice the mass. Explain why its terminal velocity is greater.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
W = mg = 0.050 × 10✓ 1
0.50 N✓ 1
Part (b)
resultant force = 0.50 − 0.20 = 0.30 N✓ 1
a = F ÷ m = 0.30 ÷ 0.050✓ 1
6.0 m/s2✓ 1
Part (c)
the drag force has increased with speed until it equals the weight (0.50 N)✓ 1
the resultant force is zero, so there is no change in speed (constant velocity)✓ 1
Part (d)
its weight is larger, so a larger drag force is needed to balance it✓ 1
drag increases with speed, so a higher speed is needed to reach that drag force✓ 1

Common error: Terminal velocity does not mean the forces have stopped acting. It means the forces are balanced so the resultant force is zero.

239IGPE3-1-15r34-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard9 marks

A tower crane has a counterweight of weight 60 kN fixed 10 m from the tower on one side. The uniform jib has a weight of 20 kN that can be assumed to act at a point 12 m from the tower on the other side. A load of weight 15 kN hangs from a trolley that can be moved along the jib. Give moments in kN m.

counterweight 60 kNjib 20 kNload 15 kN10 m12 m?
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the moment of the counterweight about the tower.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the moment of the weight of the jib about the tower.

(2)
(c)

The crane is just balanced with the 15 kN load at its furthest safe distance. Calculate this distance.

(3)
(d)

A heavier load of weight 20 kN is now used. Calculate the greatest distance from the tower at which it can be safely hung.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
moment = force × distance = 60 × 10✓ 1
600 kN m✓ 1
Part (b)
moment = 20 × 12✓ 1
240 kN m✓ 1
Part (c)
moment available for load = 600 − 240 = 360 kN m (ECF from (a) and (b))✓ 1
distance = 360 ÷ 15✓ 1
24 m✓ 1
Part (d)
distance = 360 ÷ 20 (ECF from (c))✓ 1
18 m✓ 1

Exam tip: For a balance problem, list every force that has a turning effect about the pivot, including the weight of the beam itself acting at its centre of mass.

240IGPE3-1-15r35-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard9 marks

A lift cabin and its load of boutique stock have a total mass of 440 kg. While the lift accelerates upwards from rest, the tension in the lift cable is 5280 N. The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the total weight of the cabin and load.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the resultant force on the cabin and load.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the acceleration of the lift.

(2)
(d)

The lift accelerates at this rate for 3.0 s from rest. Calculate the distance it travels in this time.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 W = m g✓ 1
A1 440 × 10 = 4400 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 resultant = tension − weight✓ 1
A1 5280 − 4400 = 880 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 a = F ÷ m✓ 1
A1 880 ÷ 440 = 2.0 m/s2 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 use s = ut + ½at2 with u = 0, or find v = at and use an average speed✓ 1
M1 s = ½ × 2.0 × 3.02 (ECF from (c))✓ 1
A1 9.0 m✓ 1

Common error: The tension in the cable is not the resultant force. Subtract the weight from the tension before using F = ma.

241IGPE3-1-15r35-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard7 marks

A fashion show catwalk is a uniform horizontal beam of length 8.0 m and weight 300 N. It rests on a support P at its left-hand end and a support Q that is 6.0 m from P. A model of weight 450 N stands on the beam 7.0 m from P.

PQ450 Ncatwalk 300 N6.0 m7.0 m8.0 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the upward force from support Q.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the upward force from support P.

(2)
(c)

The model walks further towards the right-hand end of the beam. Explain what happens to the force from support P.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 take moments about P✓ 1
A1 beam moment 300 × 4.0 = 1200 N m and model moment 450 × 7.0 = 3150 N m✓ 1
A1 Q = 4350 ÷ 6.0 = 725 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 upward forces equal downward forces: 300 + 450 − 725 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
A1 25 N✓ 1
Part (c)
B1 the force from P decreases✓ 1
B1 the clockwise moment about Q from the model increases, and when it exceeds the anticlockwise moment of the beam's weight, P's force falls to zero and the beam starts to tip✓ 1

Exam tip: If a support force comes out negative, the beam would need to be held down, so check that every support force is positive.

242IGPE3-1-17r35-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard8 marks

A uniform beam on a test rig is 6.0 m long and weighs 60 N. It rests on a pivot placed 1.0 m from its left-hand end. A load of 30 N hangs from the right-hand end. A second load W hangs from the left-hand end, and the beam is balanced horizontally.

pivotW30 Nbeam 60 N1.0 m6.0 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the principle of moments.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the load W.

(4)
(c)

Calculate the upward force exerted by the pivot on the beam.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
for a body in equilibrium the sum of the clockwise moments about a point✓ 1
equals the sum of the anticlockwise moments about the same point✓ 1
Part (b)
the centre of the beam is 2.0 m from the pivot, so the moment of its weight is 60 × 2.0 = 120 N m✓ 1
moment of the 30 N load = 30 × 5.0 = 150 N m✓ 1
W × 1.0 = 120 + 150✓ 1
W = 270 N✓ 1
Part (c)
the beam is in equilibrium, so upward force = total downward force✓ 1
270 + 60 + 30 = 360 N (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Common error: Measure each distance from the pivot, not from the end of the beam; the weight of a uniform beam acts at its centre.

243IGPE3-1-16r36-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard1 mark

A telecoms relay drone of mass 2.0 kg descends vertically. At one instant the upward drag force is 12 N. Take g = 10 N/kg. What is the acceleration of the drone at this instant?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Weight = 2.0 × 10 = 20 N down. Resultant = 20 − 12 = 8.0 N down, so a = 8.0 ÷ 2.0 = 4.0 m/s² downwards. Dividing the drag by the mass gives 6.0, ignoring the drag gives 10, and adding drag to weight gives 16.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Exam tip: Find the resultant force first, taking directions into account, then use F = m a.

244IGPE3-1-17r36-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard8 marks

An archaeologist uses a helical spring to find the mass of a small clay figure. A mass of 0.20 kg hung on the spring produces an extension of 2.4 cm. When the clay figure is hung from the same spring, the extension is 6.0 cm. The spring obeys Hooke's law for both loads. The gravitational field strength is 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the spring constant of the spring, in N/m, to 2 significant figures.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the mass of the clay figure. Use the unrounded value of k from (a).

(3)
(c)

The archaeologist later hangs a much heavier object on the spring and finds that the spring no longer returns to its original length. Explain this observation.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 weight = 0.20 × 10 = 2.0 N✓ 1
M1 k = F/x = 2.0 / 0.024✓ 1
A1 83 N/m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 F = kx with x = 0.060 m✓ 1
A1 weight = 5.0 N (accept 4.98 N from the rounded k)✓ 1
A1 mass = 0.50 kg (accept 0.498 kg)✓ 1
Part (c)
The load took the spring beyond its elastic limit✓ 1
The spring has been permanently deformed✓ 1

Exam tip: If the spring constant is already known, a ratio of extensions gives the unknown mass directly: 0.20 × 6.0/2.4.

245IGPE3-1-17r41-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard7 marks

A tower crane has a horizontal jib that balances about the top of the tower. A concrete counterweight of mass 8000 kg hangs 6.0 m from the tower on one side. A load is lifted on the other side of the tower. Ignore the weight of the jib. Use g = 10 N/kg.

8000 kgload ?6.0 m24 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the moment of the counterweight about the tower.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the maximum mass of a load that can hang 24 m from the tower without the jib tipping towards the load.

(3)
(c)

The operator lifts the maximum load from (b) and moves it further from the tower. Explain what happens to the jib.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
weight of counterweight = 8000 × 10 = 80 000 N✓ 1
moment = 80 000 × 6.0 = 480 000 N m✓ 1
Part (b)
at balance, moment of load = moment of counterweight (480 000 N m, ECF from (a))✓ 1
weight of load = 480 000 ÷ 24 = 20 000 N✓ 1
mass of load = 20 000 ÷ 10 = 2000 kg✓ 1
Part (c)
the moment of the load increases (same weight, greater distance)✓ 1
this is now greater than the moment of the counterweight, so the jib tips (rotates) towards the load✓ 1

Exam tip: Moments are always taken about a stated pivot. For equilibrium, total clockwise moment equals total anticlockwise moment about that pivot.

246IGPE3-1-17r45-121(b) Movement and Position Paper 1PHard10 marks

Two sprinters, A and B, run a 100 m race. Each starts from rest and accelerates uniformly until reaching a top speed of 10.0 m/s, which each then holds until the finish. Sprinter A accelerates at 2.5 m/s2. Sprinter B accelerates at 2.0 m/s2.

(a)

Calculate the time taken by sprinter A to reach 10.0 m/s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance covered by sprinter A while accelerating.

(2)
(c)

Show that sprinter A finishes the race in 12.0 s.

(2)
(d)

Calculate how far behind the finish line sprinter B is at the moment sprinter A finishes.

(4)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 t = (v − u) ÷ a = 10.0 ÷ 2.5✓ 1
A1 4.0 s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 distance = average speed × time = ½ × 10.0 × 4.0✓ 1
A1 20 m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 remaining distance 100 − 20 = 80 m at 10.0 m/s takes 80 ÷ 10.0 = 8.0 s✓ 1
A1 total time = 4.0 + 8.0 = 12.0 s✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 time for B to reach top speed = 10.0 ÷ 2.0 = 5.0 s✓ 1
M1 distance covered by B while accelerating = ½ × 10.0 × 5.0 = 25 m✓ 1
M1 distance covered at top speed in the remaining 12.0 − 5.0 = 7.0 s = 70 m✓ 1
A1 B has covered 95 m, so is 5.0 m behind the line✓ 1

Common error: Do not use the 12.0 s for the whole of B's journey at 10.0 m/s; B spends its first 5.0 s accelerating, so it covers less distance than 10.0 × 12.0.

247IGPE3-1-17r45-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 1PHard9 marks

A delivery van of mass 1200 kg carries medicines at 25 m/s. The driver sees a hazard 70 m ahead and, after a reaction time of 0.70 s, brakes with a constant braking force of 6000 N.

(a)

Calculate the deceleration of the van while braking.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the distance travelled by the van during the reaction time.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the braking distance needed to stop the van completely.

(2)
(d)

Show that the van cannot stop before reaching the hazard, and calculate the speed at which it reaches the hazard.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 a = F ÷ m = 6000 ÷ 1200✓ 1
A1 5.0 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 distance = speed × time = 25 × 0.70✓ 1
A1 17.5 m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 s = v2 ÷ 2a = 252 ÷ (2 × 5.0)✓ 1
A1 62.5 m✓ 1
Part (d)
distance available for braking = 70 − 17.5 = 52.5 m, which is less than 62.5 m so the van cannot stop in time✓ 1
M1 v2 = 252 − 2 × 5.0 × 52.5 = 100✓ 1
A1 v = 10 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: Subtract the thinking distance from the distance to the hazard before applying v² = u² + 2as, because the van does not decelerate during the reaction time.

248IGCSE-PHY-1-0351(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 4–56 marks
A rugby player, A, of mass 90 kg runs in a straight line at 8.0 m/s.
(a)
State the unit of momentum.
(1)
(b)
Calculate the momentum of player A.
(2)
(c)
Player A tackles player B. Player A says:
'I pushed player B with a force of 900 N, but he pushed back on me with a smaller force because he is lighter than me.'
Explain why player A is wrong.
(2)
(d)
Player C has a mass of 110 kg and has the same momentum as player A.
Determine the speed of player C.
(1)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • kg m/s;
Allow
  • allow N s
  • allow kilogram metre per second
Do not accept
  • kg/m/s
  • kg m/s²
(b)
  • substitution into p = m × v;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. p = 90 × 8.0
  • (p =) 720 (kg m/s)
Allow
  • correct answer with no working scores 2
Do not accept
  • 90 / 8.0 = 11 scores 0
(c)
  • (Newton's third law) the forces are equal in size / B also pushes on A with 900 N;
  • (forces are) in opposite directions (and act on different bodies), whatever the masses;
Allow
  • allow 'action and reaction are equal and opposite' for MP1 and MP2 if 900 N or 'equal' stated
Do not accept
  • 'the forces cancel out'
  • 'B pushes back with less force because he has less momentum'
(d)
  • 6.5 (m/s);
Allow
  • allow 6.54 / 6.55 (m/s)
  • ECF from (b) i.e. candidate's (b) ÷ 110
Do not accept
  • 110 / 720 = 0.15 (m/s)
249IGPE3-1-15r8-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PEasy1 mark

A loaded library trolley of mass 40 kg moves at 1.5 m/s and collides with a stationary empty trolley of mass 20 kg. The two trolleys couple together. What is their speed immediately after the collision? Ignore friction.

40 kg1.5 m/s20 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Momentum is conserved: 40 × 1.5 = (40 + 20) × v, so v = 60/60 = 1.0 m/s. 1.5 m/s assumes speed is unchanged. 0.75 m/s halves the speed because there are two trolleys. 3.0 m/s divides the momentum by the mass of the stationary trolley only.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: After a collision where objects stick together, divide the total momentum by the total mass of both objects.

250IGPE3-1-15r8-051(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PEasy7 marks

A gymnast of mass 45 kg lands on a crash mat at a speed of 6.0 m/s. The mat brings her to rest in 0.30 s.

(a)

Calculate the momentum of the gymnast just before she touches the mat.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average force exerted by the mat on the gymnast.

(2)
(c)

Explain why landing on a crash mat reduces the risk of injury compared with landing on a hard floor that stops her in 0.05 s.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = mass × velocity (or p = mv)✓ 1
270 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
force = change in momentum / time✓ 1
270 / 0.30 = 900 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
The change in momentum is the same in both cases✓ 1
The mat increases the time taken to stop (force = change in momentum / time)✓ 1
so the force on her is smaller✓ 1

Exam tip: Write the equation F = (mv − mu)/t first, then substitute. Stopping over a longer time with the same momentum change means a smaller force.

251IGPE3-1-15r35-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PEasy1 mark

A fisherman releases a lead weight from rest on a bridge. It falls 45 m to the water. Ignore air resistance and use g = 10 m/s2. What is the speed of the weight just before it reaches the water?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
With u = 0, v2 = 2as = 2 × 10 × 45 = 900, so v = 30 m/s. 900 m/s is the value of v2 and the square root was not taken. 21 m/s comes from leaving out the factor of 2 (v2 = 10 × 45 = 450). 90 m/s comes from multiplying 2 × 45 and forgetting both g and the square root.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: v² = u² + 2as gives v squared. Always take the square root as the last step.

252IGPE3-1-16r36-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PEasy5 marks

A mountaineer walks 8.0 km due east and then 6.0 km due north.

8.0 km due east6.0 km due north?startN
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the difference between distance and displacement.

(2)
(b)

State the total distance walked.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the magnitude of the mountaineer's displacement.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Distance is the total length of path travelled, a scalar with no direction✓ 1
Displacement is the straight-line distance from start to finish in a given direction, a vector✓ 1
Part (b)
14 km✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 Pythagoras, √(8.0² + 6.0²)✓ 1
A1 10 km✓ 1

Common error: Displacement is not the path length: the straight line from start to finish is shorter.

253IGCSE-PHY-1-0151(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 6–71 mark
A book rests on a table.
The weight of the book is the gravitational force of the Earth on the book.
Which force forms a Newton's third law pair with the weight of the book?
Show mark scheme
  • A (the gravitational force of the book on the Earth);
  • B is incorrect because this is a contact force; it pairs with the upward force of the table on the book
  • C is incorrect because this force acts on the same object as the weight (it balances the weight; it is not its third-law pair)
  • D is incorrect because it acts on a different pair of objects (Earth and table)
254IGCSE-PHY-1-0161(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 6–77 marks
Two ice skaters, X and Y, stand still facing each other on smooth ice. They push against each other and move apart.
Skater X has a mass of 72 kg. Skater Y has a mass of 52 kg.
Just after the push, skater X moves at 1.4 m/s.
X 72 kg1.4 m/sY 52 kg?
Just after the push. Diagram not to scale
(a)
State the total momentum of the two skaters before the push. Give a reason for your answer.
(2)
(b)
Calculate the speed of skater Y just after the push.
(3)
(c)
Explain why the two skaters move in opposite directions.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • zero;
  • (because) both skaters are stationary / have zero velocity;
Allow
  • allow 0 kg m/s
Do not accept
  • 'zero because they have no mass'
(b)
  • momentum of X = 72 × 1.4 = 100.8 (kg m/s);
  • idea that momentum of Y = momentum of X / 52 × v = 100.8;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. v = 100.8 / 52
  • (v =) 1.9 (m/s)
Allow
  • allow 1.94, 1.938… (m/s)
  • ignore negative sign
Do not accept
  • 1.4 (m/s) (same speed as X) scores 0
  • 52 × 1.4 / 72 = 1.0 (m/s) (masses swapped) scores 0
(c)
  • total momentum (after the push) must still be zero / momentum is conserved;
  • momentum is a vector so (equal) momenta must be in opposite directions;
Allow
  • allow Newton's third law argument: each skater exerts an equal and opposite force on the other (MP1) so they accelerate in opposite directions (MP2)
Do not accept
  • 'because they push each other' alone
255IGCSE-PHY-1-0171(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 6–711 marks
A carpenter uses a hammer to drive a nail into wood.
The head of the hammer has a mass of 0.60 kg. It hits the nail at a speed of 8.0 m/s and stops in a time of 2.5 ms.
(a)
Calculate the momentum of the hammer head just before it hits the nail.
Give the unit.
(3)
(b)
Calculate the average force exerted on the hammer head by the nail.
(3)
(c(i))
The carpenter then uses a rubber mallet with a head of the same mass to hit a tent peg.
The mallet head hits the peg at 8.0 m/s and bounces back upwards at 2.0 m/s.
Explain why the change in momentum of the mallet head is greater than its momentum just before it hits the peg.
(2)
(c(ii))
The mallet head is in contact with the peg for 4.0 ms.
Calculate the average force exerted on the mallet head by the peg.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • substitution into p = m × v;
  • evaluation;
  • kg m/s;
  • e.g. p = 0.60 × 8.0
  • (p =) 4.8
Allow
  • allow N s
  • unit mark is independent
Do not accept
  • kg/m/s
  • kg m/s²
(b)
  • substitution into F = Δp / t;
  • conversion of 2.5 ms to 0.0025 s;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. F = 4.8 / 0.0025
  • (F =) 1900 (N)
Allow
  • allow 1920 (N)
  • ECF from (a)
  • 1.92 (N) scores 2 marks (POT error)
(c(i))
  • idea that momentum is a vector / direction of momentum reverses;
  • (so) change in momentum = initial momentum + final momentum (in size) / head loses 4.8 and gains 1.2 kg m/s;
Allow
  • allow 'velocity changes by 10 m/s, not 8 m/s'
Do not accept
  • 'because it bounces' alone scores 0
(c(ii))
  • Δp = 0.60 × (8.0 + 2.0) = 6.0 (kg m/s);
  • substitution into F = Δp / t;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. F = 6.0 / 0.0040
  • (F =) 1500 (N)
Allow
  • Δp = 0.60 × (8.0 − 2.0) = 3.6 giving 900 (N) scores MP2 and MP3 only
256IGCSE-PHY-1-0191(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 6–76 marks
A tower crane has a horizontal arm balanced on a vertical tower.
A load of weight 9600 N hangs from the arm 18 m to the right of the tower.
A concrete counterweight is fixed to the arm 6.0 m to the left of the tower.
Ignore the weight of the arm.
6.0 m18 m counterweightW load9600 N pivottower not to scale
(a)
State the unit of the moment of a force.
(1)
(b)
Calculate the weight of the counterweight needed to balance the arm.
(3)
(c)
The load is moved to 12 m from the tower. The counterweight is not moved.
Explain what happens to the arm.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • N m;
Allow
  • allow newton metre
Do not accept
  • J
  • N/m
  • Nm/s
(b)
  • moment of load = 9600 × 18 = 172 800 (N m);
  • use of principle of moments: 172 800 = W × 6.0;
  • evaluation;
  • (W =) 28 800 (N)
Allow
  • allow 29 000 (N)
  • -1 for POT error
Do not accept
  • 9600 × 6.0 / 18 = 3200 (N) scores 0
(c)
  • (clockwise) moment of the load decreases;
  • (anticlockwise) moment of counterweight is now greater so arm rotates / tips anticlockwise / towards the counterweight;
Allow
  • allow 'moments are no longer balanced' for MP2 only if direction given
  • allow RA
Do not accept
  • 'the crane stays balanced'
  • 'the load moment increases'
257IGCSE-PHY-1-0201(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 6–79 marks
A uniform wooden plank of length 4.0 m rests across a stream on two supports, A and B, one at each end.
A person of weight 720 N stands on the plank 1.0 m from A.
For parts (a), (b) and (c), assume the weight of the plank is negligible.
4.0 m1.0 m 720 NAB stream not to scale
(a)
Calculate the upward force exerted on the plank by support B.
(3)
(b)
Determine the upward force exerted on the plank by support A.
(1)
(c)
Support B is a loose rock. It can provide an upward force of no more than 450 N.
Calculate the greatest distance from A at which the person can stand without the force needed from B exceeding 450 N.
(2)
(d)
The plank actually has a weight of 200 N.
The person stands 1.0 m from A again.
Calculate the upward force exerted on the plank by support B.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • taking moments about A: 720 × 1.0 (= 720 N m);
  • 720 = F_B × 4.0;
  • evaluation;
  • (F_B =) 180 (N)
Allow
  • allow moments about any point if correct
  • 540 (N) with A and B swapped scores 2 marks
(b)
  • 540 (N);
Allow
  • ECF: 720 − answer to (a)
(c)
  • use of principle of moments about A: 720 × x = 450 × 4.0;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. x = 1800 / 720
  • (x =) 2.5 (m)
Allow
  • allow 1.5 m from B
  • allow moments about B: 720 × (4.0 − x) = 270 × 4.0 leading to 2.5 (m)
  • 450/720 × 4.0 = 2.5 (m) scores 2 marks
Do not accept
  • 4.0 × 720 / 450 = 6.4 (m) (inverted ratio) scores 0
(d)
  • weight of plank acts at its centre / 2.0 m from A;
  • (sum of clockwise moments about A) = 720 × 1.0 + 200 × 2.0 = 1120 (N m);
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. F_B = 1120 / 4.0
  • (F_B =) 280 (N)
Allow
  • MP1 may be inferred from 200 × 2.0 in working
  • allow ECF for evaluation from incorrect moment sum
Do not accept
  • 200 × 4.0 used (plank weight at B) giving 380 (N) scores MP3 only
258IGCSE-PHY-1-0361(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 6–71 mark
A gymnast lands on a thick foam crash mat instead of on a hard floor. She reaches the same speed just before landing in both cases and comes to rest.

Which statement explains why the crash mat reduces the average force on the gymnast?
Show mark scheme
  • C (the mat increases the time taken for her momentum to fall to zero, so her rate of change of momentum is smaller);
  • A is incorrect because she goes from the same speed to rest in both cases, so the change in momentum is the same
  • B is incorrect because her speed (and so momentum) just before landing is the same in both cases
  • D is incorrect because momentum is conserved in all interactions; the mat (and Earth) gain the momentum she loses
259IGCSE-PHY-1-0371(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 6–710 marks
In a railway yard, two wagons move towards each other along a straight, level track.
Wagon P has a mass of 30 000 kg and moves east at 2.0 m/s.
Wagon Q has a mass of 20 000 kg and moves west at 1.0 m/s.
The wagons collide and couple together, moving off as one object.
P 30 000 kg2.0 m/s eastQ 20 000 kg1.0 m/s west
Diagram not to scale
(a)
Calculate the total momentum of the two wagons before the collision.
Give the direction of the total momentum.
(3)
(b)
Calculate the velocity of the coupled wagons just after the collision.
(3)
(c)
Calculate the change in momentum of wagon Q.
(2)
(d)
Use Newton's third law to explain why the change in momentum of wagon P has the same size as the change in momentum of wagon Q.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • momentum of P = 60 000 (kg m/s) and momentum of Q = 20 000 (kg m/s);
  • momenta subtracted because they are in opposite directions;
  • 40 000 (kg m/s) east;
Allow
  • allow −20 000 for Q's momentum for MP2
  • direction may be given as 'in P's direction'
  • 80 000 (kg m/s) (momenta added) scores MP1 only
  • 40 000 with no direction or 'west' scores 2
(b)
  • total momentum after = total momentum before / use of conservation of momentum;
  • substitution e.g. 40 000 = (30 000 + 20 000) × v;
  • 0.80 (m/s) east;
Allow
  • ECF from (a)
  • allow 0.8 (m/s)
  • direction may be given as 'in P's original direction'
  • 40 000 / 30 000 = 1.3 (m/s) scores MP1 only
(c)
  • change in velocity of Q = 0.80 − (−1.0) = 1.8 (m/s) / momentum after − momentum before with correct signs;
  • (Δp =) 36 000 (kg m/s);
  • e.g. Δp = 20 000 × 0.80 − (20 000 × −1.0)
  • = 16 000 + 20 000
Allow
  • ECF from (b)
  • ignore sign of the answer if magnitude correct
Do not accept
  • 16 000 − 20 000 = 4000 (kg m/s) (signs ignored) scores 0
(d)
  • (N3) the force of P on Q is equal (in size) and opposite (in direction) to the force of Q on P;
  • the forces act for the same time (so F × t / change in momentum is equal in size and opposite in direction);
Allow
  • allow 'change in momentum = force × time' for MP2 if linked to equal time
Do not accept
  • 'momentum is conserved' alone scores 0
260IGCSE-PHY-1-0381(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 6–78 marks
A physiotherapy patient holds a 30 N weight in her hand with her forearm horizontal.
The forearm pivots at the elbow. The biceps muscle pulls vertically upwards on the forearm at a point 0.040 m from the elbow.
The weight in the hand is 0.35 m from the elbow. The forearm has a weight of 15 N, which acts 0.15 m from the elbow.
The forearm is in equilibrium.
biceps force F 15 N 30 N elbow (pivot) 0.040 m 0.15 m 0.35 m forearm not to scale
(a)
Explain why the weight of the forearm can be shown as a single force acting 0.15 m from the elbow.
(1)
(b)
Calculate the moment of the 30 N weight about the elbow.
Give the unit.
(3)
(c)
Calculate the force F exerted by the biceps muscle.
(4)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • (the weight acts through) the centre of gravity (of the forearm), which is 0.15 m from the elbow;
Allow
  • allow 'centre of mass'
Do not accept
  • 'it is the middle of the forearm'
(b)
  • substitution into moment = force × (perpendicular) distance;
  • evaluation;
  • unit N m;
  • e.g. moment = 30 × 0.35
  • (moment =) 10.5
Allow
  • allow 11 (N m)
  • allow 1050 N cm
  • 30 / 0.35 = 86 scores unit mark only
Do not accept
  • J for the unit
(c)
  • moment of forearm weight = 15 × 0.15 = 2.25 (N m);
  • total clockwise moment = 10.5 + 2.25 = 12.75 (N m);
  • principle of moments: F × 0.040 = total clockwise moment;
  • evaluation;
  • (F =) 320 (N)
Allow
  • allow 318.75 / 319 (N)
  • ECF from (b)
  • -1 for POT error e.g. 3.2 (N) from using 4.0 cm with distances in m
  • 10.5 / 0.040 = 260 (N) (forearm weight ignored) scores 1 (MP3)
Do not accept
  • 45 (N) (adding forces) scores 0
261IGPE2-054-01-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium1 mark

A tennis ball of mass 0.058 kg hits a practice wall at 20 m/s. It rebounds along the same line at 15 m/s.
What is the size of the change in momentum of the ball?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Momentum is a vector, so the direction reversal must be included. Taking towards the wall as positive, the initial momentum is 0.058 × 20 = +1.16 kg m/s. The final momentum is 0.058 × (−15) = −0.87 kg m/s. The change has size 1.16 + 0.87 = 2.03 kg m/s. 0.29 kg m/s ignores the change of direction and subtracts the speeds. 1.16 and 0.87 kg m/s are only the momentum before or after the collision.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Common error: When an object bounces back, the velocity changes sign. The sizes of the momenta before and after are added, not subtracted.

262IGPE2-054-01-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

A gymnast of mass 48 kg drops from a high bar. She lands on a thick foam mat at a speed of 6.0 m/s. The mat brings her to rest in 0.30 s.

(a)

Calculate the momentum of the gymnast just before she lands.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average force that the mat exerts to stop the gymnast. Ignore her weight.

(2)
(c)

Explain how the thick mat reduces the risk of injury compared with landing on a hard floor.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
p = m × v = 48 × 6.0 ; p = 288 kg m/s (290 kg m/s)✓ 2
Part (b)
F = change in momentum ÷ time = 288 ÷ 0.30 ; F = 960 N✓ 2
Part (c)
The mat increases the time taken for the gymnast to stop ; her change in momentum is the same, so the rate of change of momentum is smaller ; so the force on her body is smaller✓ 3

Exam tip: In 'safety feature' explanations, link all three ideas: longer time, same change in momentum, and so smaller force.

263IGPE2-054-03-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

A robotic lander of mass 1200 kg touches down on the Moon with a vertical speed of 2.5 m/s. Its legs contain crushable aluminium sections. These bring the lander to rest in 0.40 s.

(a)

Calculate the momentum of the lander just before touchdown.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average resultant force on the lander as it comes to rest.

(2)
(c)

Explain how the crushable sections protect the lander's instruments.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = mass × velocity = 1200 × 2.5✓ 1
= 3000 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
F = change in momentum ÷ time = 3000 ÷ 0.40✓ 1
F = 7500 N✓ 1
Part (c)
They increase the time taken for the lander to stop✓ 1
The change in momentum is the same✓ 1
so the rate of change of momentum is smaller, and therefore the force is smaller✓ 1

Exam tip: Safety explanations need three linked ideas: a longer time, the same change in momentum, and therefore a smaller force.

264IGPE-050-00-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium1 mark

An astronaut of mass 90 kg is floating at rest outside a space station. She pushes a 6.0 kg toolbox away from her at 3.0 m/s.
What is the astronaut's speed just after the push?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The total momentum before the push is zero, so the total momentum afterwards is also zero. The toolbox's momentum is 6.0 × 3.0 = 18 kg m/s, so the astronaut has 18 kg m/s in the opposite direction. Her speed is 18 ÷ 90 = 0.20 m/s.
0.19 m/s divides by the combined mass of 96 kg. 3.0 m/s assumes both objects move at the same speed. 45 m/s uses the mass ratio the wrong way round.
✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Exam tip: In an explosion or push-apart problem, start from 'total momentum before = 0'. The two momenta afterwards are equal in size and opposite in direction.

265IGPE-050-00-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium6 marks

A rock climber of mass 70 kg slips and falls. When the safety rope starts to stretch, she is moving downwards at 8.0 m/s. The rope brings her to rest in 0.50 s.

(a)

Calculate her momentum just as the rope starts to stretch.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average resultant force on the climber while the rope stops her.

(2)
(c)

Climbing ropes are designed to stretch. Explain how this reduces the risk of injury to the climber.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = mass × velocity = 70 × 8.0✓ 1
= 560 kg m/s (downwards)✓ 1
Part (b)
force = change in momentum ÷ time = 560 ÷ 0.50✓ 1
= 1120 N (accept 1100 N); direction (upwards) not required✓ 1
Part (c)
Stretching increases the time taken to bring her to rest, for the same change in momentum (accept: smaller deceleration).✓ 1
So the rate of change of momentum, and therefore the force on her, is smaller.✓ 1

Exam tip: For safety-feature questions, link three ideas: same change in momentum, longer time, smaller force.

266IGPE3-1-14r5-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

Two skaters, A and B, stand together at rest on smooth ice and push against each other. Skater A has mass 60 kg and moves off at 1.5 m/s. Skater B has mass 45 kg.

A 60 kg1.5 m/sB 45 kg?
Just after the push. Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the total momentum of the two skaters before they push apart.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed of skater B after the push.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the total kinetic energy of the skaters after the push. Give the exact value.

(2)
(d)

State the energy transfer that provides this kinetic energy.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
zero✓ 1
Part (b)
momentum of A = 60 × 1.5 = 90 kg m/s✓ 1
momentum of B equals 90 kg m/s in the opposite direction (total momentum remains zero)✓ 1
speed = 90 ÷ 45 = 2.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
KE = ½mv2 used for each skater: ½ × 60 × 1.52 = 67.5 J and ½ × 45 × 2.02 = 90 J✓ 1
157.5 J (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
chemical energy store of the skaters' muscles is transferred to kinetic energy stores✓ 1

Common error: Momentum has direction; the skaters move in opposite directions, so their momenta cancel to zero in total.

267IGPE3-1-14r5-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium6 marks

A research boat of mass 1200 kg is used to follow whales. It starts from rest and reaches a speed of 6.0 m/s in 15 s.

(a)

Calculate the change in momentum of the boat.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average resultant force on the boat.

(2)
(c)

The same force acts for 15 s on a loaded boat of mass 2000 kg starting from rest. Calculate its final speed.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
p = mv (1200 × 6.0)✓ 1
7200 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
force = change in momentum ÷ time (7200 ÷ 15) (ECF from (a))✓ 1
480 N✓ 1
Part (c)
change in momentum = 480 × 15 = 7200 kg m/s✓ 1
v = 7200 ÷ 2000 = 3.6 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: Force equals change in momentum divided by time taken; this works even when the mass is different.

268IGPE3-1-15r8-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

A lifeguard of mass 70 kg stands at rest on an inflatable raft of mass 30 kg floating on still water. She dives horizontally off the raft at a speed of 1.5 m/s relative to the water. Assume there is no resistance from the water.

(a)

Calculate the momentum of the lifeguard as she leaves the raft.

(2)
(b)

State the principle of conservation of momentum.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the speed of the raft immediately after she dives, and state its direction.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = mass × velocity✓ 1
70 × 1.5 = 105 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
The total momentum before an interaction equals the total momentum after it✓ 1
provided no external force acts✓ 1
Part (c)
total momentum before = 0, so the raft has momentum 105 kg m/s (ECF from (a))✓ 1
30 × v = 105✓ 1
v = 3.5 m/s in the opposite direction to the lifeguard✓ 1

Common error: Momentum has direction. When the total before is zero, the two bodies must have equal and opposite momentum afterwards.

269IGPE3-1-15r14-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium1 mark

Grain falls vertically at 3.0 m/s onto a weighing platform. Each second 4.0 kg of grain arrives and comes to rest on the platform. What is the average force that the grain exerts on the platform because of this change in momentum?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Force equals the rate of change of momentum: each second the momentum lost is 4.0 × 3.0 = 12 kg m/s, so F = 12 N. 7.0 N comes from adding mass flow rate and speed. 0.75 N comes from dividing 3.0 by 4.0. 36 N comes from using mv2 (4.0 × 3.02).✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: Check the units of what you calculate: force is a momentum change divided by a time, not a product of mass and speed squared.

270IGPE3-1-15r14-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium6 marks

A light aircraft of mass 1.2 × 103 kg accelerates along a runway from 20 m/s to 38 m/s in 6.0 s. Assume the mass stays constant.

(a)

Calculate the change in momentum of the aircraft.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the resultant force on the aircraft.

(2)
(c)

The engine provides a forward thrust of 4200 N. Calculate the resistive force acting on the aircraft. Use the answer to (b).

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
change in momentum = m × Δv = 1200 × (38 − 20)✓ 1
= 21 600 kg m/s (2.16 × 104 kg m/s)✓ 1
Part (b)
force = change in momentum ÷ time = 21 600 ÷ 6.0✓ 1
= 3600 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
resistive force = thrust − resultant force = 4200 − 3600✓ 1
= 600 N (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Exam tip: The resultant force is the difference between the forces in opposite directions, not the engine force alone.

271IGPE3-1-15r16-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium8 marks

A gymnast of mass 40 kg lands on a crash mat at a speed of 6.0 m/s and comes to rest.

(a)

Calculate her momentum just before she touches the mat.

(2)
(b)

She is brought to rest in 0.50 s by the mat. Calculate the average force on her.

(2)
(c)

On a thin hard floor she would stop in 0.060 s. Calculate the average force in this case.

(2)
(d)

Explain how the mat reduces the risk of injury.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 momentum = mass × velocity✓ 1
A1 240 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 force = change in momentum / time (240 / 0.50)✓ 1
A1 480 N✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 force = 240 / 0.060✓ 1
A1 4000 N✓ 1
Part (d)
the change in momentum is the same, but the mat makes the stopping time longer✓ 1
force = change in momentum / time, so a longer time gives a smaller force✓ 1

Exam tip: Write force = change in momentum / time and substitute carefully; stopping from speed v means the change in momentum is mv.

272IGPE3-1-15r17-011(b) Movement and Position Paper 2PMedium1 mark

A bale of hay is dropped from the door of a hayloft and hits the ground at a speed of 12 m/s. Air resistance is negligible and g = 10 N/kg. From what height was the bale dropped?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Using v² = u² + 2as with u = 0: 12² = 2 × 10 × h, so h = 144 ÷ 20 = 7.2 m, which is C. A (1.2 m) is v ÷ g, which is the fall time in seconds, not a height. B (3.6 m) comes from dividing by 4g instead of 2g. D (14.4 m) comes from forgetting the factor 2 and using h = v² ÷ g.✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: In v² = u² + 2as the factor 2 is part of the equation; leaving it out doubles the height.

273IGPE3-1-15r17-071(b) Movement and Position Paper 2PMedium7 marks

During a concert, a metal tuning fork of mass 0.15 kg is knocked off a raised stage and falls 1.8 m to the floor. Assume air resistance is negligible and g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of the tuning fork.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the tuning fork just before it hits the floor.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the time taken for the tuning fork to fall. Use the speed from (b).

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
weight = mass × g = 0.15 × 10✓ 1
weight = 1.5 N✓ 1
Part (b)
v² = u² + 2as with u = 0✓ 1
v² = 2 × 10 × 1.8 = 36✓ 1
v = 6.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
time = (v − u) ÷ a = 6.0 ÷ 10✓ 1
time = 0.60 s (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Exam tip: State the equation, then substitute with u = 0 for an object that is dropped rather than thrown.

274IGPE3-1-15r25-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

At a wind farm, air hits the blades of one turbine. Each second a mass of 3500 kg of air passes through the blades. The air arrives at a speed of 14 m/s and leaves at a speed of 9.0 m/s in the same direction.

(a)

State the equation that links force, change in momentum and time taken.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the change in momentum of the air each second.

(2)
(c)

Determine the size of the force that the air exerts on the blades, and state its direction.

(2)
(d)

Explain why the force on the blades would be smaller if the air left the turbine at a higher speed.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
force = change in momentum / time taken✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 3500 × (14 − 9.0)✓ 1
A1 17500 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
17500 N (ECF from (b))✓ 1
in the direction of the wind, because the blades exert an equal and opposite force on the air✓ 1
Part (d)
the change in velocity / momentum of the air each second would be smaller✓ 1
so the rate of change of momentum, and hence the force, would be smaller✓ 1

Exam tip: Force on one body from another is found from the rate of change of momentum of the body that is acted on, then use equal and opposite forces.

275IGPE3-1-15r26-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium1 mark

A ball of mass 0.40 kg hits a wall horizontally at 15 m/s and rebounds along the same line at 10 m/s. The ball is in contact with the wall for 0.020 s. What is the average force exerted on the ball by the wall?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Taking the rebound direction as positive, the change in momentum is 0.40 × (10 − (−15)) = 10 kg m/s. Force = change in momentum ÷ time = 10 ÷ 0.020 = 500 N. 100 N is wrong because it uses the difference in speeds (5 m/s) instead of adding them. 300 N is wrong because it treats the ball as just stopping (0.40 × 15 ÷ 0.020). 200 N is wrong because it only uses the rebound speed (0.40 × 10 ÷ 0.020).✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: When a ball rebounds, its velocity reverses, so the change in velocity is the sum of the two speeds.

276IGPE3-1-16r30-031(b) Movement and Position Paper 2PMedium1 mark

A Formula 1 car brakes in a straight line from 60 m/s to 20 m/s over a distance of 160 m. Assuming constant deceleration, what is the size of the deceleration?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Use v² = u² + 2as: 20² = 60² + 2 × a × 160, so a = (400 − 3600) ÷ 320 = −10 m/s², a deceleration of 10 m/s², so this is correct. 0.25 comes from using speeds instead of squared speeds. 12.5 comes from adding 3600 and 400. 20 comes from forgetting the factor of 2 in the equation.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Exam tip: In v² = u² + 2as a negative acceleration means slowing down, so quote the size of the deceleration.

277IGPE3-1-16r30-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

A Formula 1 car travelling at 70 m/s brakes in a straight line with a constant deceleration of 50 m/s² until its speed is 20 m/s. The driver has a mass of 75 kg.

(a)

Use v² = u² + 2as to calculate the distance travelled while braking.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the time taken to brake.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the resultant force on the driver during braking.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
substitutes into the equation: 20² = 70² + 2 × (−50) × s✓ 1
rearranges: 100s = 4900 − 400✓ 1
s = 45 m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 time = change in speed ÷ deceleration = (70 − 20) ÷ 50✓ 1
A1 1.0 s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 F = ma = 75 × 50✓ 1
A1 3750 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Use a negative value for the acceleration in v² = u² + 2as when the object is slowing down.

278IGPE3-1-15r32-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium1 mark

A squash ball of mass 0.50 kg hits a wall at 8.0 m/s and rebounds along the same line at 6.0 m/s. The contact with the wall lasts 0.020 s. What is the average force exerted by the wall on the ball?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The velocity reverses, so the change in velocity is 8.0 + 6.0 = 14 m/s. Change in momentum = 0.50 × 14 = 7.0 kg m/s and F = Δp ÷ t = 7.0 ÷ 0.020 = 350 N. 50 N subtracts the speeds (8.0 − 6.0). 200 N uses only the incoming speed. 150 N uses only the rebound speed.✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: When a ball rebounds, add the two speeds: the velocity changes direction, so the change in velocity is larger than either speed.

279IGPE3-1-16r33-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

During a theatre performance a stage prop of mass 20 kg is on a smooth horizontal floor. Two ropes pull on it horizontally at right angles to each other. One rope pulls with a force of 40 N and the other with a force of 30 N. Assume no other horizontal forces act.

prop 20 kg40 N30 N
Plan view (looking down). Diagram not to scale
(a)

State what is meant by a vector quantity.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the magnitude of the resultant force on the prop.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the angle between the resultant force and the 40 N rope.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the acceleration of the prop.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
A quantity that has both magnitude and direction✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 use of Pythagoras: √(402 + 302)✓ 1
A1 50 N✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 tan θ = 30 ÷ 40 (or cos θ = 40 ÷ 50 or sin θ = 30 ÷ 50)✓ 1
A1 37° (36.9°)✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 use of F = ma, rearranged to a = F ÷ m✓ 1
A1 50 ÷ 20 = 2.5 m/s2 (ECF from (b))✓ 1

Exam tip: Forces at right angles are combined using Pythagoras, not by adding their magnitudes.

280IGPE3-1-15r34-031(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium1 mark

A loaded trolley of mass 1200 kg moves along a track at 3.0 m/s and couples to a stationary trolley of mass 600 kg. The two trolleys move off together. Friction is negligible. What is their speed after coupling?

1200 kg3.0 m/s600 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Momentum is conserved: 1200 × 3.0 = 3600 kg m/s before, and this equals (1200 + 600) × v after, so v = 3600 ÷ 1800 = 2.0 m/s. 1.5 m/s is the mean of 3.0 m/s and 0 m/s, which ignores the masses. 3.0 m/s assumes the speed does not change although the mass being moved has increased. 1.0 m/s comes from using the 600 kg mass for the initial momentum (600 × 3.0 ÷ 1800).✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: After a collision where objects stick together, use the total mass in the final momentum. Do not average the speeds.

281IGPE3-1-15r34-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

During a rugby match an attacking player of mass 100 kg runs at 6.0 m/s. A defender of mass 80 kg runs directly towards him at 5.0 m/s. The two players collide, hold on to each other and move off together. Take the attacker's direction as positive.

attacker 100 kg6.0 m/sdefender 80 kg5.0 m/s
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the momentum of the attacker before the collision.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the velocity of the players immediately after the collision. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(3)
(c)

State how the force on the defender from the attacker compares with the force on the attacker from the defender. Explain why the two changes in momentum are equal in size.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = mass × velocity = 100 × 6.0✓ 1
600 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
total momentum before = 600 − (80 × 5.0) = 200 kg m/s (momentum is conserved)✓ 1
total mass = 180 kg, so v = 200 ÷ 180✓ 1
1.11 m/s in the attacker's original direction✓ 1
Part (c)
the two forces are equal in size and opposite in direction (Newton's third law)✓ 1
the forces act for the same time, so the changes in momentum (force × time) are equal and opposite✓ 1

Common error: Momentum is a vector. When two objects move towards each other, subtract their momenta using one direction as positive.

282IGPE3-1-15r35-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

A fisherman on a pier throws a lead weight downwards at 3.0 m/s. The weight falls 8.0 m to the sea. Ignore air resistance and use g = 10 m/s2.

(a)

Calculate the speed of the weight just before it reaches the sea.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the weight to reach the sea.

(2)
(c)

State and explain one effect that air resistance would have on the speed of the weight as it reaches the sea.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 v2 = u2 + 2as✓ 1
M1 v2 = 3.02 + 2 × 10 × 8.0 = 169✓ 1
A1 v = 13 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 t = (v − u) ÷ a (ECF from (a))✓ 1
A1 (13 − 3.0) ÷ 10 = 1.0 s✓ 1
Part (c)
B1 the speed would be lower✓ 1
B1 air resistance acts upwards, opposing the motion, so the resultant force and the acceleration are smaller✓ 1

Exam tip: Write down u, v, a, s and t before choosing an equation. Include the sign or direction of the acceleration.

283IGPE3-1-15r35-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

A trawler winch cart of mass 800 kg rolls along a quay at 2.5 m/s. It collides with a stationary cart of mass 1200 kg and the two carts couple together and move off at the same velocity.

800 kg2.5 m/s1200 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the momentum of the moving cart before the collision.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the velocity of the coupled carts after the collision.

(2)
(c)

The collision lasts 0.80 s. Calculate the average force on the stationary cart during the collision.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 p = m v✓ 1
A1 800 × 2.5 = 2000 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 total momentum is conserved, so v = 2000 ÷ (800 + 1200) (ECF from (a))✓ 1
A1 1.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 change in momentum of the stationary cart = 1200 × 1.0 = 1200 kg m/s (ECF from (b))✓ 1
M1 F = change in momentum ÷ time✓ 1
A1 1200 ÷ 0.80 = 1500 N✓ 1

Exam tip: In collision questions, state that total momentum before equals total momentum after, then use the combined mass for coupled objects.

284IGPE3-1-17r35-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

A bridge-inspection drone hovers 45 m above a river and releases a bolt from rest. Ignore air resistance. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the speed of the bolt as it reaches the water.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the bolt to fall.

(2)
(c)

In practice the bolt reaches the water more slowly than your answer to (a). Explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
v2 = u2 + 2as with u = 0✓ 1
v2 = 2 × 10 × 45 = 900✓ 1
v = 30 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
time = change in speed ÷ acceleration, or t = v ÷ g✓ 1
30 ÷ 10 = 3.0 s (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
air resistance acts upwards on the bolt✓ 1
so the resultant force and the acceleration are smaller than with weight alone✓ 1

Common error: Use the equation v² = u² + 2as with v² on its own; taking the square root only at the end avoids carrying rounding errors forward.

285IGPE3-1-17r36-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

Archaeologists estimate the depth of a flooded shaft by dropping a stone from the rim. The stone is released from rest and falls 45 m to the surface of the water. Ignore air resistance. The acceleration of free fall is 10 m/s².

(a)

Calculate the speed of the stone when it reaches the water.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the stone to fall.

(2)
(c)

In practice the stone would reach the water at a lower speed than the value calculated in (a). Explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 v² = u² + 2as✓ 1
M1 v² = 0 + 2 × 10 × 45 = 900✓ 1
A1 30 m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 t = (v − u)/a = 30/10✓ 1
A1 3.0 s (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
Air resistance acts upwards, opposing the motion✓ 1
The resultant force (and so the acceleration) is smaller than the weight alone, so the final speed is smaller✓ 1

Exam tip: Write the equation, substitute the values with their units, then give the answer; this earns the method marks even if the arithmetic slips.

286IGPE3-1-17r41-021(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium1 mark

An airport baggage tug of mass 1200 kg moves at 3.0 m/s and hits a stationary line of trolleys of total mass 800 kg. The tug and trolleys couple together and move off as one. What is their speed immediately after the collision?

tug 1200 kg3.0 m/strolleys 800 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Momentum is conserved: 1200 × 3.0 = (1200 + 800) × v, so v = 3600 ÷ 2000 = 1.8 m/s. 1.5 m/s is the average of 3.0 m/s and 0 m/s, which ignores the different masses. 3.0 m/s assumes the speed does not change when mass is added. 4.5 m/s comes from dividing by the trolley mass alone (3600 ÷ 800).✓ 1Answer B

Answer: B

Common error: After a coupling collision, divide the total momentum by the combined mass, not by one object's mass.

287IGPE3-1-17r41-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium6 marks

Two skaters in an ice show stand still together on smooth ice. As the music starts they push apart. Skater A has mass 60 kg and moves away at 1.5 m/s. Skater B has mass 45 kg and moves in the opposite direction. Friction between the skates and the ice is negligible.

A 60 kg1.5 m/sB 45 kg?
Just after the push. Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the total momentum of the two skaters before they push apart.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the speed of skater B immediately after the push.

(3)
(c)

The push lasts 0.30 s. Use v = 2.0 m/s to calculate the average force on skater B during the push.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
zero (0 kg m/s)✓ 1
Part (b)
total momentum after the push is also zero (momentum is conserved)✓ 1
45 × v = 60 × 1.5✓ 1
v = 2.0 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
force = change in momentum ÷ time = (45 × 2.0) ÷ 0.30✓ 1
300 N✓ 1

Common error: Momentum is a vector. When two objects move apart from rest, their momenta are equal in size and opposite in direction, so the total stays zero.

288IGPE3-1-17r41-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium6 marks

A drummer's stick of mass 0.050 kg hits a drum skin at 4.0 m/s and rebounds in the opposite direction at 1.0 m/s. The stick is in contact with the drum skin for 0.010 s.

(a)

Calculate the momentum of the stick just before it hits the drum skin.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the change in momentum of the stick.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the average force the drum skin exerts on the stick.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = 0.050 × 4.0 = 0.20 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
taking the initial direction as positive, momentum after = −0.050 × 1.0 = −0.050 kg m/s✓ 1
change = 0.20 − (−0.050)✓ 1
0.25 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
force = change in momentum ÷ time = 0.25 ÷ 0.010 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
25 N✓ 1

Common error: A rebound reverses the direction of the velocity, so the change in momentum is the sum of the two magnitudes, not their difference.

289IGPE3-1-17r45-061(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium7 marks

A uniform pipe section of length 6.0 m and mass 80 kg rests horizontally on two supports. Support P is at the left end of the pipe. Support Q is 4.0 m from P. A worker of mass 60 kg stands on the pipe 2.0 m from P. Use g = 10 N/kg.

PQworker 60 kgpipe 80 kg2.0 m4.0 m6.0 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the upward force exerted by support Q. Take moments about P.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the upward force exerted by support P.

(2)
(c)

The worker walks slowly towards support Q. Explain what happens to the force exerted by support P.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
the weight of the pipe, 800 N, acts at its centre, 3.0 m from P, and the worker's weight is 600 N✓ 1
M1 anticlockwise moment of Q = clockwise moments: Q × 4.0 = 800 × 3.0 + 600 × 2.0✓ 1
A1 Q = 3600 ÷ 4.0 = 900 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 total upward force = total downward force: P + Q = 800 + 600 = 1400 N✓ 1
A1 P = 1400 − 900 = 500 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
the force at P decreases✓ 1
the worker's weight is now closer to Q, so Q must provide a larger share of the total weight (and P a smaller share)✓ 1

Exam tip: Take moments about one of the unknown forces so that it drops out of the equation, then use 'upward = downward' for the other.

290IGPE3-1-17r45-081(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PMedium6 marks

A gymnast of mass 55 kg lands on a crash mat with a downward speed of 6.0 m/s and comes to rest in 0.50 s.

(a)

Calculate the momentum of the gymnast just before she touches the mat.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average resultant force on the gymnast while she is stopping.

(2)
(c)

Landing on a thin, hard floor instead stops the gymnast in a much shorter time. Explain why the force on her would be larger.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 momentum = mass × velocity = 55 × 6.0✓ 1
A1 330 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 force = change in momentum ÷ time = 330 ÷ 0.50✓ 1
A1 660 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
the change in momentum is the same✓ 1
force = rate of change of momentum, so a shorter time gives a larger force✓ 1

Exam tip: Write force = change in momentum ÷ time, then use the same change in momentum to compare different stopping times.

291IGCSE-PHY-1-0181(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 8–910 marks
At a fairground, bumper car X travels at 3.0 m/s towards bumper car Y, which is stationary.
The mass of X (including its rider) is 220 kg. The mass of Y (including its rider) is 180 kg.
After the collision, X continues in the same direction at 0.50 m/s.
X 220 kg3.0 m/sY 180 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
(a)
State the formula linking momentum, mass and velocity.
(1)
(b)
Calculate the velocity of Y just after the collision.
(4)
(c)
A student says:
'After the collision Y moves faster than X was moving before, so momentum cannot have been conserved.'
Comment on the student's statement.
(2)
(d)
Each bumper car has a thick rubber bumper around its edge.
Use ideas about momentum to explain how the rubber bumper reduces the force on the riders in a collision.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • momentum = mass × velocity;
Allow
  • p = m × v
  • rearrangements
Do not accept
  • m or M used as the symbol for momentum (unless defined)
(b)
  • momentum before = 220 × 3.0 = 660 (kg m/s);
  • momentum of X after = 220 × 0.50 = 110 (kg m/s);
  • use of conservation: 660 = 110 + 180 × v;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. v = (660 − 110) / 180 = 550 / 180
  • (v =) 3.1 (m/s)
Allow
  • allow 3.06, 3.055… (m/s)
  • 660 / 180 = 3.7 (m/s) scores MP1 only
(c)
  • student is incorrect / speed alone does not show momentum;
  • Y has a smaller mass (than X) so needs a greater velocity for the same momentum / momentum depends on mass as well as velocity;
Allow
  • allow calculation showing 180 × 3.06 = 550 = 660 − 110
Do not accept
  • 'momentum was not conserved because energy was lost'
(d)
  • (rubber bumper) increases the time of the collision / impact;
  • change in momentum (of the rider) is the same;
  • force = change in momentum / time so force is smaller / rate of change of momentum is smaller;
Allow
  • allow 'bumper squashes/deforms so car takes longer to stop'
Do not accept
  • 'bumper absorbs the momentum'
  • 'bumper absorbs the force'
  • 'reduces the change in momentum'
292IGCSE-PHY-1-0391(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 8–910 marks
Engineers test a new airbag using a crash-test dummy of mass 75 kg.
The test car hits a barrier at 13 m/s. The airbag inflates and brings the dummy to rest.
The dummy moves forward 0.65 m while it is being stopped. Assume the dummy decelerates uniformly.
The engineers require the average force on the dummy to be less than 12 000 N.
(a)
Calculate the momentum of the dummy just before the collision.
(2)
(b)
Determine whether the airbag meets the engineers' requirement.
(5)
(c)
The test is repeated with the car moving at 26 m/s. The dummy is again stopped in a distance of 0.65 m.
Without calculating the new force, explain how the average force on the dummy changes.
(3)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • substitution into p = m × v;
  • evaluation;
  • e.g. p = 75 × 13
  • (p =) 975 (kg m/s)
Allow
  • allow 980 (kg m/s)
(b)
  • average speed = (13 + 0)/2 = 6.5 (m/s) / substitution into v² = u² + 2as;
  • stopping time = 0.65 / 6.5 = 0.10 (s) / deceleration = 130 (m/s²);
  • substitution into F = Δp / t (or F = m × a);
  • force = 9750 (N);
  • comparison: 9750 N is less than 12 000 N so the airbag meets the requirement;
Allow
  • ECF from (a)
  • allow 9800 (N)
  • MP5 can be awarded by ECF for a correct comparison with the candidate's calculated force
  • t = 0.65 / 13 = 0.050 (s) (initial speed used instead of average speed) giving 19 500 (N) and 'does not meet the requirement' scores 2 (MP3 and MP5 by ECF)
(c)
  • momentum (before the collision) doubles;
  • average speed doubles so the stopping time halves;
  • (force = change in momentum ÷ time so) the force is four times greater / 39 000 N / exceeds the limit;
Allow
  • allow 'deceleration is four times greater' for MP2 and MP3 if linked to F = ma
  • allow 'force is more than doubled' for MP3 only if linked to both changes
  • 'force doubles' scores MP1 only
293IGCSE-PHY-1-0401(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2 onlyGrade 8–98 marks
A hospital stretcher is used to find the position of a patient's centre of gravity.
The stretcher is uniform and has a weight of 100 N. It rests horizontally on two force sensors, one under the handles at end A and one under the handles at end B. A and B are 2.0 m apart.
A patient lies on the stretcher. Sensor A reads 530 N and sensor B reads 370 N.
2.0 m AB 530 N370 N head endfoot end force sensors under handles not to scale
(a)
State where the weight of the stretcher acts.
(1)
(b)
Determine the weight of the patient.
(1)
(c)
Calculate the distance of the patient's centre of gravity from end A.
(4)
(d)
The patient moves along the stretcher until both sensors give the same reading.
Determine how far the patient's centre of gravity has moved, and in which direction.
(2)
Show mark scheme
(a)
  • at its centre (of gravity) / midpoint / 1.0 m from A;
Allow
  • allow 'centre of mass'
Do not accept
  • 'at A and B'
(b)
  • 800 (N);
Do not accept
  • 900 (N) (stretcher weight not subtracted)
(c)
  • taking moments about A (or B) with all forces/distances correct;
  • moment of sensor B force = 370 × 2.0 = 740 (N m) / moment of stretcher = 100 × 1.0 = 100 (N m);
  • equation e.g. 740 = 100 + 800 × x;
  • evaluation;
  • (x =) 0.80 (m)
Allow
  • ECF from (b)
  • allow moments about B: 530 × 2.0 = 100 × 1.0 + 800 × (2.0 − x)
  • 740 / 800 = 0.93 (m) (stretcher's moment ignored) scores 1 (MP2)
  • x = 1.2 (m) (measured from B) scores 3
(d)
  • each sensor reads 450 N so (with a uniform stretcher) the patient's centre of gravity is at the centre / 1.0 m from A;
  • moved 0.20 m towards B;
Allow
  • ECF from (c) i.e. 1.0 − candidate's (c) towards B
  • allow full credit from a correct moments calculation
Do not accept
  • '0.20 m towards A'
294IGPE-050-00-101(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard6 marks

A uniform lighting truss in a theatre is 4.0 m long and weighs 240 N. It hangs horizontally from two vertical chains, one at each end. A spotlight of weight 160 N is clamped to the truss 1.0 m from the left-hand end.

160 Ntruss 240 N1.0 m4.0 mchainchain
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the principle of moments.

(1)
(b)

State the total upward force provided by the two chains.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the tension in the right-hand chain.

(3)
(d)

Calculate the tension in the left-hand chain.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
For an object in equilibrium, the sum of the clockwise moments about a point equals the sum of the anticlockwise moments about that point.✓ 1
Part (b)
240 + 160 = 400 N✓ 1
Part (c)
Take moments about the left-hand end: the truss's weight acts at its centre, 2.0 m from the left end.✓ 1
TR × 4.0 = (240 × 2.0) + (160 × 1.0) = 640 N m✓ 1
TR = 160 N✓ 1
Part (d)
TL = 400 − 160 = 240 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Take moments about one of the supports. The unknown force at that support then has no moment, leaving only one unknown.

295IGPE2-054-01-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard8 marks

An astronaut is floating at rest outside a space station. The astronaut and spacesuit have a total mass of 120 kg. The astronaut throws a 2.4 kg wrench away from their body. The wrench leaves the astronaut's hand at 5.0 m/s relative to the space station. The throw lasts 0.40 s.

(a)

Calculate the average force the astronaut exerts on the wrench.

(3)
(b)

State the size and direction of the force the wrench exerts on the astronaut, and name the law you used.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the velocity of the astronaut immediately after the throw.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
F = (mv − mu) ÷ t ; F = (2.4 × 5.0 − 0) ÷ 0.40 ; F = 30 N✓ 3
Part (b)
30 N in the opposite direction to the throw ; Newton's third law✓ 2
Part (c)
Total momentum before = 0, so momentum of astronaut = momentum of wrench ; 120 × v = 2.4 × 5.0 = 12 kg m/s ; v = 0.10 m/s in the opposite direction to the wrench✓ 3

Exam tip: When the starting momentum is zero, the two objects move apart with equal and opposite momenta. State the direction as well as the speed.

296IGPE2-054-03-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard7 marks

A uniform footbridge of weight 40 000 N and length 12 m rests on two supports, A and B, one at each end. A maintenance vehicle of weight 20 000 N is parked on the bridge, 3.0 m from support A.

AB20 000 Nbridge 40 000 N3.0 m12 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the upward force from support B.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the upward force from support A.

(2)
(c)

The vehicle drives slowly from A to B. Describe how the forces from the two supports change.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
Taking moments about A: (40 000 × 6.0) + (20 000 × 3.0) = 300 000 N m✓ 1
RB × 12 = 300 000✓ 1
RB = 25 000 N✓ 1
Part (b)
Total upward force = total downward force: RA + RB = 60 000 N✓ 1
RA = 35 000 N✓ 1
Part (c)
The force from A decreases and the force from B increases✓ 1
The sum of the two forces stays constant at 60 000 N✓ 1

Exam tip: Take moments about one support so that support's unknown force has no moment. Then use 'upward forces = downward forces' to find the other force.

297IGPE-050-00-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard8 marks

A cargo probe of mass 2400 kg approaches a stationary storage module of mass 9600 kg in space at 0.50 m/s. The probe docks and locks onto the module, and they move off together. External forces are negligible.

probe 2400 kg0.50 m/smodule 9600 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the principle of conservation of momentum.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the momentum of the probe before docking.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the velocity of the probe and module together after docking.

(3)
(d)

The docking takes 4.0 s. Calculate the average force exerted on the module during docking.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
When no external force acts, the total momentum before an interaction equals the total momentum after it.✓ 1
Part (b)
momentum = 2400 × 0.50✓ 1
= 1200 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
total momentum after = 1200 kg m/s✓ 1
combined mass = 2400 + 9600 = 12 000 kg✓ 1
v = 1200 ÷ 12 000 = 0.10 m/s (in the probe's original direction)✓ 1
Part (d)
change in momentum of module = 9600 × 0.10 = 960 kg m/s✓ 1
force = 960 ÷ 4.0 = 240 N✓ 1

Common error: After docking, divide by the combined mass, not by the probe's mass alone.

298IGPE3-1-14r5-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard1 mark

A 0.50 kg ball hits a wall at 8.0 m/s and rebounds along the same line at 6.0 m/s. It is in contact with the wall for 0.020 s. What is the average force on the ball?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Correct: the velocity changes from +8.0 to −6.0 m/s, a change of 14 m/s, so F = 0.50 × 14 / 0.020 = 350 N. 50 N subtracts the speeds (2.0). 200 N ignores the rebound. 150 N uses only the rebound speed.✓ 1Answer A

Answer: A

Common error: A rebound reverses direction, so the speeds add when finding the change in velocity.

299IGPE3-1-14r5-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard7 marks

Two ice skaters stand together at rest and push apart. Skater B has mass 72 kg and moves off at 1.5 m/s. Skater A moves off in the opposite direction at 2.25 m/s.

A, mass ?2.25 m/sB 72 kg1.5 m/s
Just after the push. Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the mass of skater A.

(3)
(b)

Explain why the lighter skater has the greater speed.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the ratio kinetic energy of A : kinetic energy of B.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum of B = 72 × 1.5 = 108 kg m/s✓ 1
momentum of A has the same size in the opposite direction✓ 1
mass = 108 ÷ 2.25 = 48 kg✓ 1
Part (b)
the two momenta are equal in size✓ 1
for the same momentum a smaller mass needs a larger speed✓ 1
Part (c)
KE of A = ½ × 48 × 2.252 = 121.5 J and KE of B = ½ × 72 × 1.52 = 81 J✓ 1
ratio = 121.5 ÷ 81 = 1.5 (ECF from (a))✓ 1

Common error: Equal and opposite momenta do not mean equal kinetic energies.

300IGPE3-1-15r14-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard6 marks

An irrigation hose directs a horizontal jet of water at a vertical wall. In each second, 0.80 kg of water leaves the hose at 12 m/s and hits the wall.

(a)

Assume that the water stops when it hits the wall. Calculate the force exerted by the water on the wall.

(2)
(b)

In practice the water splashes back from the wall. Explain why the force on the wall is greater than your answer to (a).

(2)
(c)

The water rebounds from the wall at 3.0 m/s. Calculate the force exerted on the wall.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum lost per second = 0.80 × 12 = 9.6 kg m/s✓ 1
force = change in momentum ÷ time = 9.6 N✓ 1
Part (b)
The water's velocity changes direction, so its change in momentum each second is larger✓ 1
Force = rate of change of momentum, so the force is larger✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 change in velocity = 12 + 3.0 = 15 m/s (water reverses direction)✓ 1
A1 force = 0.80 × 15 = 12 N✓ 1

Common error: When an object bounces back, the change in velocity is the sum of the speeds, not the difference.

301IGPE3-1-15r16-041(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard1 mark

A uniform metre rule of weight 3.0 N is pivoted at its 0.20 m mark. A weight W hung from the 0 m mark balances the rule horizontally. What is W?

pivotWrule 3.0 N0.20 m1.00 m
Diagram not to scale
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
The rule's weight acts at its centre (0.50 m mark), 0.30 m from the pivot, giving a moment of 3.0 × 0.30 = 0.90 N m. W acts 0.20 m from the pivot, so W × 0.20 = 0.90 and W = 4.5 N, which is D. A gives the moment instead of the force. B swaps the two distances (3.0 × 0.20 / 0.30). C wrongly assumes equal weights balance.✓ 1Answer D

Answer: D

Exam tip: Measure each distance from the pivot, and remember that a uniform object's weight acts at its centre.

302IGPE3-1-15r16-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard9 marks

A uniform plank of length 4.0 m and weight 200 N is pivoted at a point 1.0 m from its left-hand end. An adult of weight 500 N sits at the left-hand end. A bag is placed at the right-hand end so that the plank balances horizontally. Use g = 10 N/kg.

pivot500 Nbag ?plank 200 N1.0 m4.0 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the principle of moments.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the anticlockwise moment of the adult about the pivot.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the weight of the bag.

(3)
(d)

Calculate the mass of the bag.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
for a body in equilibrium, the sum of the clockwise moments about any point✓ 1
equals the sum of the anticlockwise moments about that point✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 moment = force × perpendicular distance (500 × 1.0)✓ 1
A1 500 N m✓ 1
Part (c)
weight of plank acts at its centre, 1.0 m to the right of the pivot, giving a moment of 200 N m✓ 1
M1 clockwise moments equal anticlockwise: 200 + W × 3.0 = 500✓ 1
A1 W = 100 N✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 mass = weight / g (100 / 10)✓ 1
A1 10 kg (ECF from (c))✓ 1

Common error: Take the plank's own weight as acting at its centre, which here is not at the pivot.

303IGPE3-1-15r17-121(b) Movement and Position Paper 2PHard10 marks

A passenger aircraft touches down on a runway at a speed of 60 m/s and decelerates uniformly to rest in a distance of 900 m. The mass of the aircraft is 1.5 × 104 kg.

(a)

Calculate the deceleration of the aircraft.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the resultant braking force on the aircraft. Use a deceleration of 2.0 m/s².

(2)
(c)

Calculate the time taken for the aircraft to stop.

(2)
(d)

On another occasion the aircraft touches down at 66 m/s and has the same deceleration of 2.0 m/s². Calculate its stopping distance.

(2)
(e)

The runway is 1000 m long. State whether the aircraft in (d) can stop on the runway, with a reason.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
0 = 60² + 2 × a × 900 (use of v² = u² + 2as)✓ 1
a = −3600 ÷ 1800✓ 1
deceleration = 2.0 m/s²✓ 1
Part (b)
F = ma = 1.5 × 104 × 2.0✓ 1
F = 3.0 × 104 N✓ 1
Part (c)
t = (v − u) ÷ a = 60 ÷ 2.0✓ 1
t = 30 s✓ 1
Part (d)
0 = 66² − 2 × 2.0 × s, so s = 66² ÷ (2 × 2.0)✓ 1
s = 1089 m✓ 1
Part (e)
no, because 1089 m is greater than 1000 m (ECF from (d))✓ 1

Exam tip: Stopping distance rises with the square of the speed, so a small increase in speed gives a larger increase in distance.

304IGPE3-1-15r25-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard8 marks

Two skaters move towards each other along a straight line on smooth ice. Skater A has a mass of 48 kg and moves east at 5.0 m/s. Skater B has a mass of 72 kg and moves west at 3.0 m/s. They collide, hold on to each other and move off together. Take east as positive.

A 48 kg5.0 m/s eastB 72 kg3.0 m/s west
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the equation for momentum.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the total momentum of the two skaters before the collision.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the velocity of the skaters immediately after the collision, giving the magnitude and the direction.

(3)
(d)

Explain why the total momentum is the same before and after the collision.

(1)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = mass × velocity✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 momentum of A = 48 × 5.0 = +240 kg m/s✓ 1
M1 momentum of B = 72 × (−3.0) = −216 kg m/s✓ 1
A1 total = +24 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 total momentum after = (48 + 72) × v with value 24 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
A1 v = 0.20 m/s✓ 1
A1 east / direction in which A was moving✓ 1
Part (d)
there is no resultant external force on the skaters (friction negligible), so momentum is conserved✓ 1

Common error: Choose a positive direction first and give any momentum in the opposite direction a negative sign.

305IGPE3-1-15r26-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard8 marks

A spacecraft in deep space fires a thruster that ejects 0.040 kg of gas backwards every second. The gas leaves at a speed of 3000 m/s relative to the spacecraft. At the start of the burn the spacecraft has mass 800 kg. Ignore the change in the mass of the spacecraft in parts (a) to (c).

(a)

Calculate the momentum given to the gas each second.

(2)
(b)

Explain why the gas exerts a forward force on the spacecraft, and state the size of this force.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the initial acceleration of the spacecraft.

(2)
(d)

The force stays the same, but the acceleration gradually increases during the burn. Explain why.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
momentum = mass × velocity = 0.040 × 3000✓ 1
120 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
the spacecraft exerts a backward force on the gas, so by Newton's third law the gas exerts an equal and opposite force on the spacecraft✓ 1
force = rate of change of momentum = 120 ÷ 1 = 120 N (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
use of a = F ÷ m = 120 ÷ 800 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
0.15 m/s2✓ 1
Part (d)
the spacecraft loses mass as gas is ejected✓ 1
a = F ÷ m, so the same force gives a larger acceleration✓ 1

Exam tip: Force equals the rate of change of momentum: ejecting more mass per second, or at a higher speed, gives a bigger force.

306IGPE3-1-16r30-141(b) Movement and Position Paper 2PHard7 marks

A squeegee slips from the hand of a window cleaner working on the wall of a hospital. It falls vertically from rest and hits the ground at 12 m/s. Ignore air resistance and use g = 10 m/s².

(a)

Calculate the height from which the squeegee fell.

(3)
(b)

Calculate the time taken to fall.

(2)
(c)

A second identical squeegee is thrown vertically downwards with an initial speed of 4.0 m/s from the same height. Calculate its speed when it hits the ground. Give your answer to 3 significant figures.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
uses v² = u² + 2as with u = 0✓ 1
144 = 2 × 10 × s✓ 1
s = 7.2 m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 t = (v − u) ÷ a = 12 ÷ 10✓ 1
A1 1.2 s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 v² = 4.0² + 2 × 10 × 7.2 = 160 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
A1 v = 12.6 m/s✓ 1

Common error: Add the squares of speeds in v² = u² + 2as, not the speeds themselves: 4.0 + 12 would not give the right answer.

307IGPE3-1-15r32-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard8 marks

Two trolleys move towards each other along a straight hospital corridor. Trolley A has mass 80 kg and moves to the right at 2.0 m/s. Trolley B has mass 120 kg and moves to the left at 1.0 m/s. They collide and couple together. Take movement to the right as positive.

A 80 kg2.0 m/sB 120 kg1.0 m/s
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the momentum of each trolley before the collision.

(2)
(b)

State the total momentum before the collision.

(1)
(c)

Calculate the velocity of the coupled trolleys after the collision.

(2)
(d)

The collision lasts 0.50 s. Calculate the average force on trolley B during the collision.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
A: 80 × 2.0 = +160 kg m/s✓ 1
B: 120 × (−1.0) = −120 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
+40 kg m/s (to the right) (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 total momentum is conserved, so v = 40 ÷ (80 + 120)✓ 1
A1 0.20 m/s to the right✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 change in velocity of B = 0.20 − (−1.0) = 1.2 m/s✓ 1
M1 F = m × Δv ÷ t = 120 × 1.2 ÷ 0.50✓ 1
A1 288 N✓ 1

Common error: Momentum has direction: give velocities going the other way a negative sign before adding.

308IGPE3-1-16r33-091(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard10 marks

The table gives the speed of a cargo aircraft of mass 8000 kg during part of its take-off run on a runway.

Time / s05101520
Speed / m/s015273642

(a)

Calculate the acceleration of the aircraft during the first 5 s.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the resultant force on the aircraft between 15 s and 20 s.

(3)
(c)

Explain why the acceleration of the aircraft decreases during the take-off run.

(2)
(d)

Use the data to estimate the distance travelled in the 20 s.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 a = change in speed ÷ time = 15 ÷ 5✓ 1
A1 3.0 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 acceleration = (42 − 36) ÷ 5✓ 1
A1 1.2 m/s2✓ 1
A1 F = ma = 8000 × 1.2 = 9600 N✓ 1
Part (c)
Resistive forces (such as air resistance) increase as speed increases while the engine force stays about the same✓ 1
so the resultant force decreases and therefore the acceleration decreases✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 average speed in each 5 s interval multiplied by 5 s (or area under the speed–time graph)✓ 1
M1 (0 + 15) ÷ 2 × 5 + (15 + 27) ÷ 2 × 5 + (27 + 36) ÷ 2 × 5 + (36 + 42) ÷ 2 × 5✓ 1
A1 495 m✓ 1

Exam tip: For non-uniform acceleration, split the motion into short time intervals and find the average speed for each.

309IGPE3-1-16r33-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard9 marks

A container ship of mass 6.0 × 107 kg is moving at 8.0 m/s when its engines are switched off. The water exerts a constant resistive force of 3.0 × 105 N on the ship. Assume no other horizontal forces act.

(a)

Calculate the deceleration of the ship.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the time taken for the ship to stop.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the distance travelled by the ship while stopping.

(2)
(d)

A tug now also pulls back on the ship with a constant force of 1.0 × 105 N, so the total resisting force is 4.0 × 105 N. Calculate the new stopping distance from 8.0 m/s.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 a = F ÷ m = 3.0 × 105 ÷ 6.0 × 107✓ 1
A1 0.0050 m/s2✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 t = v ÷ a = 8.0 ÷ 0.0050 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
A1 1600 s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 distance = average speed × time = 4.0 × 1600 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
A1 6400 m✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 new deceleration = 4.0 × 105 ÷ 6.0 × 107 = 0.00667 m/s2✓ 1
M1 use of v2 = 2as, so s = 8.02 ÷ (2 × 0.00667)✓ 1
A1 4800 m (4.8 km)✓ 1

Exam tip: A larger resisting force gives a larger deceleration and a shorter stopping distance from the same speed.

310IGPE3-1-15r34-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard9 marks

In a training session a rugby player of mass 90 kg running at 8.0 m/s is brought to rest by a tackle. The player slows down at a constant rate and the tackle lasts 0.60 s.

(a)

Calculate the change in momentum of the player.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the average force exerted on the player by the tackler.

(2)
(c)

Use Newton's third law to describe the force the player exerts on the tackler during the tackle.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the distance the player travels during the tackle.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
change in momentum = mass × change in velocity = 90 × 8.0✓ 1
720 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
force = change in momentum ÷ time = 720 ÷ 0.60 (ECF from (a))✓ 1
1200 N✓ 1
Part (c)
the force is also 1200 N (equal in size)✓ 1
opposite in direction (acting on the tackler)✓ 1
Part (d)
average speed = (8.0 + 0) ÷ 2 = 4.0 m/s (constant deceleration)✓ 1
distance = average speed × time = 4.0 × 0.60✓ 1
2.4 m✓ 1

Exam tip: Force = change in momentum ÷ time. A longer contact time for the same change in momentum means a smaller average force, which is why padded surfaces reduce injury.

311IGPE3-1-15r35-121(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard8 marks

A robotic arm throws a ball vertically upwards at 12 m/s. Ignore air resistance and use g = 10 m/s2.

(a)

State the velocity of the ball at its highest point.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the maximum height reached above the point of release.

(3)
(c)

Calculate the time taken for the ball to reach its highest point.

(2)
(d)

Calculate the total time for the ball to return to the height from which it was released.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
B1 zero✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 v2 = u2 + 2as with v = 0 and a = −10✓ 1
M1 0 = 122 − 2 × 10 × s✓ 1
A1 s = 7.2 m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 t = (v − u) ÷ a = (0 − 12) ÷ (−10)✓ 1
A1 1.2 s✓ 1
Part (d)
M1 time down equals time up, so double the time to the top (ECF from (c))✓ 1
A1 2 × 1.2 = 2.4 s✓ 1

Common error: At the highest point the velocity is zero but the acceleration is still 10 m/s² downwards.

312IGPE3-1-17r35-071(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard7 marks

A sensor package is thrown vertically upwards at 10 m/s from the deck of a bridge. The river is 15 m below the deck and the package falls into it on the way down. Ignore air resistance. Use g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the maximum height reached by the package above the deck.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the package as it reaches the river.

(3)
(c)

A second package is thrown vertically downwards from the deck at 10 m/s. Calculate its speed as it reaches the river.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
0 = 102 − 2 × 10 × h, or v2 = u2 + 2as with v = 0✓ 1
h = 5.0 m✓ 1
Part (b)
on returning to deck level the speed is 10 m/s downwards✓ 1
v2 = 102 + 2 × 10 × 15 = 400✓ 1
v = 20 m/s✓ 1
(accept any valid method, for example a fall of 20 m from rest at the top giving v2 = 2 × 10 × 20 = 400 after adding 5.0 m, ECF from (a))—
Part (c)
v2 = 102 + 2 × 10 × 15 = 400✓ 1
v = 20 m/s✓ 1

Exam tip: A ball thrown upwards passes the launch point on the way down at the same speed it was thrown, so the second half of the motion can be treated as a fall that starts at that speed.

313IGPE3-1-16r36-111(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard8 marks

A telecoms trolley of mass 12 kg carrying cable drums moves at 2.0 m/s and couples to a stationary trolley of mass 8.0 kg. The two trolleys move off together. Assume there are no external horizontal forces.

12 kg2.0 m/s8.0 kgat rest
Diagram not to scale
(a)

Calculate the momentum of the 12 kg trolley before the collision.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the trolleys after they couple.

(3)
(c)

The coupling takes 0.30 s. Calculate the average force on the 8.0 kg trolley during this time.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 p = m v, 12 × 2.0✓ 1
A1 24 kg m/s✓ 1
Part (b)
Momentum is conserved so total momentum after is 24 kg m/s (ECF from (a))✓ 1
M1 24 = (12 + 8.0) × v✓ 1
A1 1.2 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 change in momentum = 8.0 × 1.2 = 9.6 kg m/s (ECF from (b))✓ 1
M1 force = change in momentum ÷ time, 9.6 ÷ 0.30✓ 1
A1 32 N✓ 1

Common error: After the trolleys couple, use the combined mass in p = m v.

314IGPE3-1-16r36-141(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard9 marks

A BASE jumper of total mass 80 kg falls from a cliff. Take g = 10 N/kg.

(a)

Calculate the weight of the jumper.

(2)
(b)

Later, the drag force on the jumper is 1400 N upwards. Calculate the resultant force and state its direction.

(2)
(c)

Calculate the acceleration of the jumper at this instant and state its direction.

(2)
(d)

Explain how the jumper's speed changes after this instant until it becomes constant.

(3)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 W = m g, 80 × 10✓ 1
A1 800 N✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 1400 − 800✓ 1
A1 600 N upwards (ECF from (a))✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 a = F ÷ m, 600 ÷ 80✓ 1
A1 7.5 m/s² upwards (ECF from (b))✓ 1
Part (d)
The jumper slows down because the resultant force is upwards✓ 1
As speed decreases, drag decreases✓ 1
Until drag equals weight (800 N), when the speed becomes constant✓ 1

Exam tip: A resultant force acting against the direction of motion causes deceleration, which can be shown as a negative acceleration.

315IGPE3-1-17r36-041(b) Movement and Position Paper 2PHard1 mark

A cyclist and bicycle have a combined mass of 80 kg. On a level track the cyclist brakes with a constant resultant force, slowing from 12 m/s to 4.0 m/s over a distance of 32 m.
What is the size of the resultant force?

Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
From v² = u² + 2as, 4.0² = 12² + 2 × a × 32 gives a deceleration of 2.0 m/s². Then F = ma = 80 × 2.0 = 160 N. 20 N comes from using (12 − 4.0)/32 as the acceleration, which is not the correct equation. 80 N comes from using (12 − 4.0)² = 64 in place of the difference of the squared speeds, giving 1.0 m/s². 320 N comes from leaving out the factor of 2 in 2as, giving 4.0 m/s².✓ 1Answer C

Answer: C

Common error: The equation v² = u² + 2as needs the squares of the speeds subtracted, not the squared difference and not the difference of the speeds.

316IGPE3-1-17r36-121(b) Movement and Position Paper 2PHard7 marks

A technician on a gantry in a data centre throws a small cable clip vertically upwards at 6.0 m/s. It leaves her hand 8.0 m above the floor and later lands on the floor. Ignore air resistance. The acceleration of free fall is 10 m/s².

(a)

Calculate the maximum height reached by the clip above the point of release.

(2)
(b)

Calculate the speed of the clip when it hits the floor.

(3)
(c)

A second clip is thrown vertically downwards from the same point at 6.0 m/s. State whether it hits the floor at a speed greater than, equal to or less than 14 m/s, and justify your answer.

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
M1 0 = 6.0² − 2 × 10 × s (or s = v²/2g)✓ 1
A1 1.8 m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 v² = u² + 2as✓ 1
M1 v² = 6.0² + 2 × 10 × 8.0 = 196✓ 1
A1 14 m/s✓ 1
Part (c)
Equal to 14 m/s✓ 1
The first clip returns to the release point moving downwards at 6.0 m/s, so its motion from there on is the same as the second clip's✓ 1

Common error: When using v² = u² + 2as, take the direction of the acceleration into account: a clip thrown upwards has acceleration −10 m/s² until it turns round.

317IGPE3-1-17r45-131(c) Forces, Movement, Shape and Momentum Paper 2PHard8 marks

A uniform plank of length 5.0 m and mass 30 kg rests horizontally on two supports. The left support is 0.50 m from the left end of the plank. The right support is 1.0 m from the right end. A person of mass 50 kg walks from the middle of the plank towards the right end. Use g = 10 N/kg.

person 50 kgplank 30 kg0.50 m1.0 m5.0 m
Diagram not to scale
(a)

State the distance from the left end of the plank to the right support.

(1)
(b)

Calculate the moment of the weight of the plank about the right support.

(2)
(c)

The plank is about to tip over the right support. At that moment the force from the left support is zero. Calculate the distance of the person from the right support.

(3)
(d)

Determine whether the person can reach the right end of the plank without the plank tipping. Use your answer to (c).

(2)
Show mark scheme
Marking pointMarkNotes
Part (a)
A1 4.0 m✓ 1
Part (b)
M1 weight = 30 × 10 = 300 N acting at the centre, 1.5 m from the right support✓ 1
A1 moment = 300 × 1.5 = 450 N m✓ 1
Part (c)
M1 taking moments about the right support, moment of person = moment of plank✓ 1
M1 500 × d = 450 (ECF from (b))✓ 1
A1 d = 0.90 m beyond the right support✓ 1
Part (d)
the end of the plank is 1.0 m beyond the right support✓ 1
1.0 m is greater than 0.90 m, so the plank tips before the person reaches the end (ECF from (c))✓ 1

Exam tip: At the point of tipping the force at the support being left behind is zero, so only two moments about the other support remain.